A-028 Ref. Prov. Plant

A-28
•••• HI AIR KOREA Co., Ltd.

•••• 1432-11, Daman-Ai, Chillye-Myon
••••
••••
••••
Gimhae City, Gyeongnam, Korea
Telephone : 82-55-340-5000
•••• Telefax : 82-55-346-3503
•••• http : //www.hiairkorea.co.kr
E-mail : hiairkorea@hiairkorea.co.kr
[ SHOP TEST REcpRo I
DATE: 2008-12-30
CUSTOMER: CSBC
HULL NO 938
CONDENSING UNIT
ITEM: * PROV. REF. PLANT
>L/C NO. AND DATE

>F8AVVS200099/21 0 OCT .17,2008
> CONTRACT NO. N1938P023A-BSA
>INVITATION NO. N1938P023A-BS
HI AIR KOREA: QM J.P. L e e #
HI AIR KOREA Co., Ltd.

#1432-11, DAMAN-RI, CHILLYE-MYON, KIMHAE CITY, KYUNGNAM
TEL : 055) 340-5168 · FAX : 055) 346-3522
.. ,
.
a·.
HI AIR KOREA
•..•........
.•......... INSPECTION REPORT
(CONDENSING UNIT)
~Ai t;Jj
report no .
cl
2
date
:£
:.q
CSBC 938-2
Dec. 30. 2008
JJ. ...,
7H i5-A~~ .£
CSBC 938
customer project no.
~ ~
article
0 AIR COND. PLANT • PROV. REF. PLANT 0 OTHER ( )
D CMO 24 0 CMO 26 D CMO 28 0 OTHER ( )
<5"~
0 ...,
Al D SMC 106 0 SMC 108 D SMC 112
type 0 BFO 3 0 BFO 4 0 BFO 5
..
0 SBO 21 • SBO 22 0 OTHER ( )
.A 2.~
I 0
2 SETS
Q'ty
A. DESIGN CONDITION
REFRlGERANT 0 R-22 • R--407C 0 R-134a 0 OTHER(. )
COOLING METHOD • FRESH WATER 0 SEA WATER 0 OTHER ( )
B. CHECK ITEM *TEST PRESSURE UNIT: Bar
1. STRENGTHEN TEST GOOD

~ R-22 R-134a
2. VISUAL CHECK STRENGTHEN NC

GOOD 37.5 37.5 37.5
TEST PROV
-
3. DIMENSION CHECK GOOD LEAKAGE NC 19.5 22.5 12.5
4. LEAKAGE TEST .TEST

GOOD 16.5 19.5 12.0
RESULT ACCEPT-
-
l::ll JJ. remarks
Comp. Serial No. : 1674602781 I 1674602782 (SB022)

Motor Serial No. 500064503008006 I 500064503008008 (M2QA 132S4A)
Inspection Date Checked by Approved by Witnessed by Witnessed by

J. P. Lee S. H. Kwak
~ ~
Dec. 30. 2008
HP-QM-08-1 (01.05.02) HI AIR KOREA Co., Ltd.

Lil
::~
••• A
•ii·
.....
;
......
li!t"
FINAL DRAWING
' '
Yard CSBC COPORATION, TAIWAN

Type of Ship 1,700 TEU CONTAINER
Type of System HVAC system
Owner CIDO SHIPPING
.•..•...
.
HI AIR KOREA CO., Ltd. [ii•..........
......
#1432-11, daman-ri, chillye-myun, gimhae city, gyungnam, Korea Tel.:+82 55 340 5200 Fax:+82 55 346 3502
--
General Specification
- Operation of plant
A
- Particulars of machinery
- Adjusting pressures and compressors
Piping Diagram
- R-407C diagram B
- Symbols for freon
Refrigerating Unit
- Dimension sketch of condensing Unit c
- Typical drawing of compressor
Air Coolers
- Air cooler type HFS
- Heating cable, outlet from drip tray D
- Pipe arrangement
- Copper pipe & fitting list
A/C Ref. Plant Specification

E
- Scope of supply
Miscellaneous
- Heat exchanges HE 8.0
- Ozone generator DS-30
-- Pressure gauge SS-3072
- Remote dial thermometer VT-60
F
- Thermometer panel
- Thermometer with pocket
- Temperature sensor S-5029
- Thermometer with pocket
- Vibration damper
Electric Wring G
Spare Parts H
A
TECH. SPECIFICATION PROVISION REF. PLANT HI AIR KOREA CO., LTD
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
1) Cooling system: R-407C direct expansion in the air cooler,

placed in each provision room .
2) Design basis:
Room Volume Temperature
1 fish & meat room approx. 26.7 m3 -18°C

1 vegetable room approx. 25.2 + 2°C
1 lobby approx. 9.1 m3 + 5°C
Ambient air tern perature: + 35°C

Cooling water tern perature: + 36 °C, Fresh water
After cooling down the rooms the plant will be capable of maintaining
the temperatures specified with:
-one compressor working on full load not more than 16h/24h

-one compressor as stand-by
3) Electrical Sources:
Main Circuit : AC 440V, 60Hz, 3-phase

Control Circuit : AC 220V, 60Hz, 1-phase
4) Paint color :
Machinery Color : Munsell No. 7 .5 BG 7 /2 (Blue Green)

Control Panel Color : Munsell No. 7.5 BG 7/2 (Blue Green)
CSBC CORPORATION, TAIWAN H.938/-44

OPERATION OF PLANT
Working Instructions
During norm al operation one compressor will operate all the cold and freezing rooms
while the other compressor serves as standby.
In case of increased load conditions, e.g. by loading of provisions in tropical waters,

both compressors are allowed to work in parallel operation for a short period,
in order to reach normal load conditions within the time limit.
Notice
The plant is not construction for continuous parallel operation, and the oil level in both
compressors is to be controlled periodically.
When operating with one compressor, the spare com press or must be blocked up from
the system. The condenser liquid valve and the com press or stop valve are to be blocked
up. If the valve in the liquid line is not blocked up, the cooling medium of the plant will
accumulate in the spare condenser (lowest pressure), and the plant stops working due
to lack of cooling medium in the pipe system.
The pipe system being emptied of cooling medium involves a great risk that the
compressor will be emptied of lubricating oil.
Safety Devices
The operation of compressors is controlled by the following safety pressure controls:
- High pressure control KP5, breaking in case of too high pressure in the refrigeration
system, e.q. by failing supply of cooling water.
- Low pressure control KP1, breaking in case of particularly low pressure in the
system.
- Oil pressure control MP-55, breaking in case of failing Oil pressure in the lubricating
oil system.

TECH. SPECIFICATION PROVISION REF. PLANT HJ AIR KOREA CO., LTD
Control of Room Temperatures
The room temperature in the freezing room is regulated by means of a room thermostat
that activates the solenoid valves in the liquid lines for the individual air cooler.
The tern perature in the chilled rooms is regulated in the same way.
A constant pressure valve in the suction line of vegetable rooms maintains
a desired constant evaporating pressure.
Defrosting
The air coolers in the freezing room are equipped with electrical defrosting, I.e. cooler
block and drip trays are provided with electric heating elem en ts.
The frequency of defrosting is chosen by means of a defrosting relay built into the
switchboard.
The defrosting sequence will be as follows:
1) The compressor stops and all solenoid valves in the system close.
2) The fans in the freezing rooms stop working, but the fans in the chilled rooms
continue the circulation of the hot room air over the coolers and in this way they
keep the cooling surfaces free or ice.
3) The electric heating elements in the freezing room coolers are connected.
4) As long as the coolers are covered with ice, the melting takes nearly all of the
heat supplied, and the tern perature of the cooler and the refrigerant is constantly
kept near zero. When the ice has melted, the refrigerant temperature rises in the
freezing rooms. When the temperature reaches the set point (approx. +10°C) of
the defrosting thermostat RT2, the heating elements are switched off.
5) The compressor starts.
6) When the coil surface temperature has gone below the freezing point, the fans in
the freezing room start.
The system is now back on the refrigerating cycle again.
If the defrosting is not completed at the expiration of the predetermined defrosting

period, the defrosting will be broken off by the timer, and a new defrosting cycle
will be started on the following preset time for defrosting.

PARTICULARS OF MACHINERY
Item 1
R-407C CONDENSING UNIT, (TYPE MCU 22/221218V) ................. 2 sets/ship
Consisting of com press or, condenser, drier etc., built together on a comm on frame-
com plete with connections for refrigerant.
Each unit consist of:
a)
ONE-STAGE R-407C COMPRESSOR ........................................ I set /unit

Pressure lubricated, marine type.
Specification:
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SBO 22
Number of cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Bore ...................................... 60 mm
Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 mm
Speed .................................... I 250 rpm
Capacity and Power Consumption for the compressor at the condition

specified below:
Cooling Water Evaporation Capacity Power consumption
temp. oc temp. oc Kw Kw
+36 - 10 I 0. 7 4. 8 (start condition)
+36 - 25.2 4.9 3 .3 (working condition)
The compressor is supplied with the following equipment:
Stop valves on suction and discharge line ......................-........·.... 2 sets/compressor

Panel with pressure gauges .................................................... I set /compressor
Low pressure control, type KPI ............................................... I set I compressor
High pressure control, type KP5 .............................................. I set /compressor
Suction filter ...................................................................... 1 set I compressor
Oil differential control, type MP-55 ........................................... I set /compressor
Oil filter ............................................................................ I set I compressor
Oil separator, float valve controlled .......................................... I set /compressor
Electric heating element in crankcase ....................................... I set /compressor
3-way test valve ................................................................. 3 sets/ compressor

b)
ELECTRIC MOTOR ............................................................... 1 set /unit
Make..................................... ABB
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M2QA 132S4A
Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 440volts, 60Hz
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 .07 amp.
Starting current ......................... ··;68{6~-;~ffi'P'!rK':/;).:~'.·r
Out put ...................................~;]·?;J~I~~iliJ&r~l~~J?~'~;: ij
Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 704 rpm
Protection class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP-55
Insulation class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F
Starting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . direct-on-line
Cable Gland ............................. OSNJ-25b
Weight . ........................ : .......... '.~~l§~gf[~~~l:i~:~~~'._-· .
c)
Assembling items:
Compressor pulley( SPA 224/2) ............................................... 1 set /unit

Motor pulley SPA-160/2 (2012/38) .......................................... 1 set /unit
V-belts REC SPA1800 ........................................................... 2 pcs/unit
Base frame, common to compressor and electric motors ............... 1 set /unit
d)
MARINE CONDENSER with Receiver .......................................... 1 set /unit
Type: Horizontal shell-and-tube.
Model .............................................................................. CRKF 221218

Cooling water for the condenser .............................................. Fresh water
Cooling water consumption for the condenser ............................. 3 m' /h
Condensing tern perature (start/work) ........................................ +44 .1I40. 3 °C
Water. inlet temperature the condenser ...................................... -:J-36.0 °C
Water outlet temperature th_e conqenser (start/work) ...................... +41.8/38.2 °C
Pressure drop through the condenser ........................................ 2.02 m .w.g.
Net receiver volume ............................................................. 18 liter
Material.:
Tubes .................................... Cu
Tubes plates ............................. steel with PVC plate on the Fresh water side
Shell ...................................... steel
End covers .............................. Cast iron
Accessories:
Safety valve ....................................... , ................................ 1 set /condenser
Sight glass ........................................................................ 1 set /condenser
Purge valve ....................................................................... 1 set /condenser

e)
FILTER DRIER .................................................................... 1 set /ship
type: DML 304
Accessories:
R-407C stop valve .............................................................. 2 sets/drier
R-407C CHARGING valve ...................................................... 1 set /drier
Sight glass ........................................................................ 1 set /drier
R-407C by pass valve .......................................................... 1 set /drier
f)
FOUNDATION FRAME .......................................................... 1 set /ship
The above parts are mounted on base frame, with all internal connections for refrigerant.
Item 2
HEAT EXCHANGERS ............................................................ 1 set /ship

Type: HE-8.0
Item 3
Air cooler .......................................................................... 3 sets/ship
Type: in fish & meat room 1 HFS-5-SS

in vegetable room 1 HFS-1
in lobby 1 HFS-1
Cooling coil: copper pipe with aluminum fins.

Casing and drip tray: aluminum pipe.
Air circulation fan: propeller fan.
Hanging bolts for Unit coolers ................................................ 4pcs/unit
Bolts Type: M12x45L, sus304
To be supplied with one nut, one spring washer & two flat washers
Item 4
VALVE BOARD FOR MEAT & FISH ROOMS .................................. 1 sets /ship
Automatics will be placed at the cooler's left side
Stop valves for liquid and suction lines, RBV10/12/28 ................... 3 each
Danfoss thermostatic expansion valve
With capillary tube of 1 .5m, TEZ2(03) ....................................... 1 each
Non return valve, NRV 28S ..................................... , ............... 1 each
Solenoid valve, EVR 6 .......................................................... 1 each
Hand regulating valve,REG10 .................................................. 1 each

Item 5
VALVE BOARD FOR VEGETABLE ROOM ANO LOBBY .................... 2 sets/ship
Automatics will be placed at the cooler's left side
Stop valves for liquid and suction lines, RBV10/12/16 ................... 3 each
Danfoss thermostatic expansion valve
With capillary tube of 1 .Sm, TZ2(00) ........................................ 1 each
Constant pressure valve, KVP15 .............................................. 1 each
Solenoid valve, EVR 6 .......................................................... 1 each
Hand regulating valve,REG10 .................................................. 1 each
Item 6
LOCAL THERMOMETER ........................................................ 3 sets/ship
Type : VT60 thermometer with capillary tube of 1 Om.

will be mounted on the mounting seat.
Thermometer with mounting seat will be supplied as loose item.
Item 7
OZONE GENERATOR ........................................................... 1 set /ship

type: OS-30
will be supplied as loose item
to be installed at the vegetable room.
Item 8
Thermometer with pocket for Fresh Water inlet/outlet

Type : -30-+50 ·c, L type ................................................... 4 sets/ship
will be mounted on unit
Item 9
Pressure gauge and switch for fresh water outlet .......................... 2 sets/ship
Type : SS - 3072
Type : SNS-Cl 02X
Item 1O
COOLING WATER STOP VALVES with PIPE

Type : JIS 5K-32A .............................................................. 4 sets/ship

Item 11
Remote Temprature Sensor for CRT ......................................... 3 sets/ship

Type : SS-5029 (PT-100)
Item 12
VIBRATION ELIMINATOR
type : MF-10 for Ref. Gas line .............................................. 1 set /ship
type : MF-5 for Ref. Liquid line .............................................. 1 set /ship
type ; MF-5 for Safety line .................................................... 1 set /ship
type : 1 7 /1609/1-65 for Condensing unit .................................. 4 sets/ship
type : DBTC 32A, JIS 5K for Cooling water line ........................... 2 sets/ship
Item 13
Control Accessories
Room thermostats for tern perature control, chilled rooms ............... 2 sets /ship
(Type RT4)
Room thermostats for tern perature control, freezing rooms ............. 1 sets /ship
(Type RT11)
Room thermostats for defrosting control, freezing rooms ............... 1 sets /ship
(Type RT2)
Item 14
SWITCH BOARD for compressor_/fan ........................................ 1 set /ship

Item 15
LIQUID INJECTION SYSTEM ................................................... 1 set /ship

Stop valve (RBV 10) ............................................................. 1 set /ship
Solenoid valve (EVR 6) ......................................................... 1 set /ship
Expansion valve (TZ2, Orifice no. 00) with capillary tube 1 .5m ......... 1 set /ship
Item 16
Q_l=1=RJr::>.f?, f i.nLr}g?.JQLfl~~QZ.G ...r::>i RE?§.JB~ff tg_p_, 1§_ 9< 1_~_L_,_~·-· . :. :. ·. .·. . .:. ·. ,_ !_.__ c-'. :. ,J l_gJJ §b.tr::i__________ ··-·-·
Item 1 7
·.P.~NJ~JBA.J:iQt·LPJl::QE '!'!itb.~E-~LJ ~.. f.Q~-ECE?Qr:i_Pi r:ie. (Rs F.:,.ici:P, }§_ ~- ~2) . .:. . 1 _lg_t .l§biP. _ ...............

Item 18
Refrigerant
Type : R-407C
for initial charge ................................................... 27 Kg/ship
Lubricant oil
Type : Arctic EAL 68, Maker : Exxon Mobil, York Code : E-68
for initial charge ................................................... 6 Liters
for working ......................................................... 6 Liters
for overhaul ....................................................... 6 Liters
Solid core for DML 304
for initial ............................................................ 1 set/ship

for working ......................................................... 1 set/ship
for overhaul ........................................................ 1 set/ship
Item 19
Spare and tools according to list 08.0226
ADJUSTING PRESSURES FOR COMPRESSORS
High pressure control KP5 : cut out 19.5 bar

cut in manual reset
Low pressure control KP1 cut out 0.4 bar

cut in 1 .4 bar
Oil pressure control MP55 : cut out 0.4 bar

cut in manual reset
time delay 60 sec .
. Cool. water pressure control SNS-C102X :

cut out 0.6 kg/cm2
cut in 1 .Okg/cm2
ADJUSTING TEMPERATURE FOR CHAMBERS
Cut in Cut out

Chamber tern perature control RT11 -16 °C -18 °C
(For freezing room)
Chamber tern perature control RT 4 : Cut in Cut out

Forveget. Room +4 t +2 °C
For lobby + 7 °C +5 °C
Cut in Cut out

Defrosting control RT2 : 0 °C +10 °C
(For freezing room)

Sabroe Refrigeration A/S Page 1
Chr. Xs vej 201
DK-8270 H bjerg
DENMARK
Provision room Heat Load
Quotation no:
Fi le name: c:WprowinWprojectWcsbc938.prw
Cooling water temp. 36.0 °C

Ambient temp. 35.0 °C
Operation time 16.0 hrs/day
Compressors in action 1. 0
Compressors in spare 1. 0
Refrigerant R407c
Power frequency 60 Hz
-·-Room number
. --·--···---·-""--·--·-- ·- . ,._....____ ..• ·-. ·-···-········-··----··-···-. ·-"'""""-• ..
1
~··~--------···-···- ---··-····-·~----·--····--
2 -
-. ·-······-·-·-·-.-··-·····-·•"'"' ····- ·--·-···-" ·------ ---
3 ----·
... ·-·- ··---·-·· ·-······--·········---·--···---··-··-·····-----···· ·-··-··--·. ···-··-· .
Cargo MEAT/FISH LOBBY VEGETABLE

Room volume [m3] 26.7 9. 1 25.2
Room temp [ °C ] -18 . 0 5.0 2 .0
Room kvalue [W/m2K] 0.420 0.420 0.420
Heat load - al I in kW
Heat transmission 1.005 0.218 0.511
Fan Heat 0.472 0. 180 0. 180
Oper. Losses 0.093 0.046 0.036
Def. Loss 0.03 0.000 0.010
-6_(}_S Q_:.___ h_E} c:l_L______________ ---------Q__________ ------------------ -----~__ Q______________________ -------- --- 0 :_J __________________________ -------
IQ_t9:L_99:pac ili.~-------- 1. 601 o. 443 _________Q_:._~_11________________ ~----------
Tota I capacity - work
time corrected - 2.402 ···-· ··--·---·-·-···-··-········-···-···-···-··-·····-···········-- ..... ....
0.665 1.221
········-·-· ······"··--····-···········
Total capacity incl. 2.5% heat

Loss in pipelines : 4.39kW
Chr. Xs vej 201
DK-8270 H bjerg
DENMARK
Component selection and calculation
Quotation no:
·-·------------- -~- ·-- ---- ~---- ·~-~--·-~·-·-----
_Se I eg.!_~_c1_g_g_mpre§§.QC_________________________.____Wo_L~l ng___________§_t_c;i_LL ---------------·-· _________

Compressor name SB022 SB022
Number of compressors 1 1
Evaporation temp. °C -25.7 -10.0
Condensing temp. °C 40.3 44. 1
Suet i on I i ne I oss °C 1. O
Oi schar ge I ine I oss °C O. 5
Suction superheat °C 8.0 8.0
Liquid subcool ing °C 0.0 0.0
Compressor RPM 1250 1250
Coo I i ng capac i t y kW 4 .4 9.7
Heat i ng capac i t y kW 7 .7 14.6
Power consumption kW 3. 3 4.8
Coef. Of performance 1.4 2
Pressure ratio 11 6.3
_§_~~QJ.__~Ql!:J.!Tie fl13/hr ______ 15. 942 ____ 18.573
Sel ed condenser- -·-·-------·---·-"··----·---··-------·----·--·--· ....-·-·-·--..-· .,. , _____________ ,._ - -

·-- -- --- _,, ___ , __,_ _.,____._____ _______ ----.
.. , -- - .. ---- -- .......... ·- ................. . .....,_ ··-· -·- .. _
Condenser CRKF221218
Condenser capacity kW 7.7 14.6
Condensing temp. oc 40.3 44.1
Water flow m3/hr 3 3
Water inlet temp. oc 36.0 36.0
Water outlet temp. oc 38.2 41.8
LMTO oc 3.43 6.53
Water pressure loss mwg 2.02 2.02
_Q_onde~ s~_r_-~ubcoQJ_lfl_g__ _,__ _ oc 0.0 0.0
Chr. Xs vej 201
DK-8270 H bjerg
DENMARK
Quotation no:
Selected air coolers

------·-- ··-----------~---~ ~·---- ·-- -------~-.-. --- ~----~·~-~·-·. - ---·---~----··-·- ·-· ~--------·
Cargo Room temp Req. area Area Fan heat Ai rcoo ler No.
·-·------. ---··--·----·--····-. -··--
oc --
w·-· .. -·---····-·-·-
MEAT/FISH -18.0 36.57 43.90 450 HFS-5-SS

LOBBY 5.0 4. 13 11. 19 180 HFS-1
VEGETABLE 2.0 10. 14 11 . 19 180 HFS-1
Total air cooler area 66.30

-----------~---~---------~~---------------------~-~-·-··-··------··----------·-···-----~----~-~
Refrigerant pipe diameters
Suction I ine diameter [mm] 27.07 ( 10.0 m/s )

Discharge I ine diameter [mm] 11. 96 ( 10.0 m/s )
Liquid I ine diameter [mm] 9.33 ( 1. 00 m/s )
B
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CHE. APP.
PT-100 0 VT-60 [!) RT 4 PT-100 0 VT-60 [!) RT 4 IOZONEI DS-30
(~-----~ (~-----~
RBV 12
©
LOBBY
I © I NRV 28S
VEGET.ROOM
TZ 2 00 8.2m3 23.8m3
EVR 6
5·c +2.0"C REG 10
HFS-1 HFS-1
RSV 10 RSV 28
5/8"
3/8"_ _ _ d 1 1/8 • 5/8"
~
3 8" 5/8"
5/8" -1-1 1 1 8 •
,-----------
'
0
<Xi
rr=====~
- -- -
~ It--------------.-------------~
--- - --- - ~T- - - -
I 10/7.6 cu 15A SAFETY VENT
I
KP 5 KP 1 KP 5
I UPP.-DECK
I
I COMPRESSOR.FAN
SWITCHBOARD
I
I SNS-C102X SS-3072
p
JIS 5K-15A FLANGE
15A STEEL PIPE

SAFETY VENT.
32A 32A
CRKF 221218 32A 32A CRKF 221218 ./
JIS 7301 JIS 7301

5K-32A 5K-32A
L ___ _ LIQUID CHARGE VALVE

_J
I DBTC 32A. JIS SK
Cooling water comsumption for the condenser 4.3 m3/h I LOOSE PART
YARD CSBC H.938~_-_44_____-l-scale : NONffi A 3
Pressure drop through the condenser 4.05 m.w.g I TITLE FREON DIAGRAM FOR ~a-~~-:_:_HY Date: 08.02. 19
f-f~.lli)fil_c.QNNE.C]ON PROVISION REF. PLANT
Freon approx. : 27 Kg 1
YARD SUPPLY Check by: SOL Appr. by: BWP
HI AIR
Oil approx. : 6 L KOREA (R- 4 0?C) DW-G Na.:AD~302- ~-=--;-1R~v.o
[><] Stop valve
~
KP 1 low pressure
control {f)- Oil separator with float
61 Stop valve
~
KP 2 low cooling water
control D Compressor
iJ Safety valve w RT thermostat ~

I
I
11
D Condenser
r>k2J Hand regulating valve

F Thermometer
~ Receiver
-
~ Non-return valve
f 'Liquid level glass
D Heat exchanger
£ Solenoid valve (j) Sight glass

-r><:r- Air cooler
•
[:23 Constant pressure valve
~. Filter & Dryer
© Fan
~
Thermostatic expansion
valve G) Filter
-e- Centrifugal pump
.
~ Automatic water valve

0 Pressure gauge Insulated pipe
~ ~
MP 55 oil pressure
control 3>- Liquid distributor 3-way test valve
~ ~ ®
KP 15 high & Differential pressure
Liquid separator gauge
low pressure control
~ ~
KP 5 high pressure
control - Oil separator f\/\/\/\!1 Flexible pipes
......•..•..
rmr
HI AIR
...
YARD:
TITLE:
STANDARD
SYMBO~ FOR
FREON DIAGRAMS
PROV. REF. PLANT
Scale: N/S
Drawn by: l<YP
Check by: ISB

A 4
Date: 2001.11.22
Af>rov. by: BWP

TYPE:
KOREA DWG No.: AD-003-00 IRevja._
,,.,
- -
I\
\
I
/
I CONNECTION LIST
L No.
"
DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'TY I REMARK
N-1 SUCTION GAS INLET 1 l_f 4" CU PIPE
N-2 LIQUID OUTLET ( 5/8" & CU PIPE
N-3 COOLING WATER INLET 32A 2 I JIS 5K
N-4 COOLING WATER OUTLET 32A 2 I JIS 5K

N-5 SAFETY LINE CONNECTION 15A 2 I JIS 5K
N-6 PURGING VALVE 1/4" 2 I FLARE TYPE
~I l~l~
-.-----~
0
1518
300 595 520 103
290 310 210 n I
18 EXPANSION VALVE TZ 2
0
0
~1 I I I I
I
..m.. I I I~ I 11
16
SOLENOID VALVE
STOP VALVE
EVR 6
RBV 10
O>
15 VIBRATION ELIMINATOR MF 5(5/8") 1 I PUR.
14 VIBRATION DAMPER 17/1609/1 (65) 4 I PUR. I I LOOSE
13 DIFF. PRESS. SWITCH MP-55 2
12 BASE FRAME [-100x50x5/7.5 - I SS400
""'II)"
O>
11 WATiER LINE GAUGE BOARD 30x120x300 2
,.,., 10 GAUGE BOX 70x220x330 2
0
,.,., 09 SWITCH BOARD 300x800x900
l
II)
08 LEVEL GAUGE 2
tD
II)~
..... II)_
07 BALi. V/V RBV 12 3
N
tD
-I
0
-~ 06 LIQUID CHARGING V/V PT 1/4"
;;!;I 0
,_
05 DRYER DML 304
~
'°1 L:.dll:lJYrtt-11--- N
~1
tD
0 04 OIL, SEPARATOR RL-603 2
""'" o
n1 II)
v tD 03 CONDENSER CRKF 221218 2
00 v
,.,.,
""'"
0
0 02 MOTOR M2QA132S4A 2 PUR.
01 COMPRESSOR SBO 22 2 I PUR.
! I------- \ No. DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'TYI MAT'L I WT(Kg) I REMARK
--~-~1 _ \----1--j--~-_L_W3Q &~/r-~--25 "t\_~o

32 1/15 I
~
YARD: CSBC No.: H.938/-44 Scale: A 3
607
; 1---~----- _____ 'L-~-----------/--J_a_?_ ~ 560
~ ----\
.-1-=-- 25
----1.-1- TITLE: DOUBLE CONDENSING Drown "'.' SHY I
Dote: 2006. 04, OB
:; _________1200 _ \ @I ; 43
--------1----
,,..----.
43
HI AIR
UNIT for PROV, REF. PLANT
TYPE: MCU 22/221218-V

Check by: ISB
---------- --- ----- -
~prov. by: BWP
IRev.-
j FOR WITHDRAWING OF 14 08 03 12 KOREA
/ TUBES THIS OR OPPOSITE END * LOOSE ITEM@ @ 06 (FOR FRESH WATER) DWG No.: A51-000-1 /l
05
<O 0 0
I") 0 N
v
O>
"
co
N
0
v
198
I
0
"
gl
~1
09 3-WAY V/V PT 3/8" 2 BRASS
08 LOW PRESSURE CONTROL SNS-C102X 2
<O
--@)
<O
l2!
07 PRESSURE GAUGE 2 SUS304
06 PIPE 32A (sch.40) STPG
v
<O
N CO 05 SOCKET for monometer 3/8" 2 A105
O>
04 SOCKET for thermometer 1/2" 4 A105
03 MULTI-PIPE JOINT MF-RL 32A 4 SUS304
I'
0
Ii)
----
-----2! 02
01
No.
THERMOMETER
GLOBE VALVE
DESCRIPTION
L-lypo(-JUC/5"C)
SK x 32A
SIZE
4
Q'TY
PUR.
BC
MAT'L WT(Kg)
LOOSE
REMARK
JIS
JIS 5Kx32A FLANGE(FF) r!WI::: YARD: CSBC No.: H.93B/-44 Scale:

--- · - -·-----<r------
1/10 A 3
LQ~ TITLE: PIPE UNIT FOR Drown by: SHY Dote: 2008. 02. 19
COOLING WATER LINES - - · · - - - - + - - - - - -
HI AIR Check by: ISB /\prov. by: BWP
KOREA TYPE: CRKF 32A -·- ---- -----~
DWG No.: AS0-004-1 I &_

c
Part drawing for compressor type 58021 and 58022
i~· ~_.,
t~ ----.::-.:
:,'~'>;JV.( \.,
~
1,':;vii'\ I ,-~.-.••...:.--··
··~\
I ;j \ / ( ,..\ ' \ ,, , -- --·. I \, \
....· ,,,.
'I)]'
(I \,,. I
,-
,,.,
Jl
•• . . ,,I
!1/ . '"\ \ (.'·-~/"' ".'~~
.:.~~l\.' 1I;J/ .n·--;J;

IP•Lt'·~ "' '/Y .··,\ ,.,61 \ii
,ri
-..:( j ~~1-·/l
1 \·~, >; .;,'/
':l.- r;/: "' ..
~
··-' "., 1\~<~~:;,;-;~::.,_~i'-;:;c,, '-'·~~\ i ;;/ ~

,,l:~~~'
'""
·:,1
., _;i ( ......,,,,_'\;·V· , !;\ /-.•
~
'1<-~ ··1, ~.:-:··-·,;;/
\• I
,\. \._ '-1-~·1\ ~
/
,-.
:~I-~
J: \" "'- - ~::J..I

···'"' ~ ,,,·
Pi~\/;.,.
·-1•I•\'\- ... l~'r\;,\
... - .. ~
~ T . ,, ',. ,,\p~\t,"''"'--:.'"
<'-...'·· ·-E · ... -- - ,.-( .. -.....
! ','.:;!;','.C• • \, - ','._ "'>J\
~:~J'-~1\i~c'"\). j ."t"'-.'.iV/n_,~.ci. .1; .! •. :::..::'.'::r---~-

- , , i ' \' '. ' IS f--·-tl·'>· - \\
-- •. \"I ,-.
~ [-•I1 V ·/·rr-l• •.f.. ; ~-

-· --"-. "-l )l"'I "ll·11\·«·"· · - - ; / I " 11.ll
--="" /· \
~ y,\ ,' ' .:.
"I' ' '' I :I\''-·'"· 'II ' •,\j ·.'•
~v-~ ~
r., ( ', '>
11
.. t, l •
11 I
• /I • , l ><,Al1
.I •• 1' ' '"I. I);•
, ';
lI f ::0"
\>'
\
- ·-- -
"4(-)-, ,. i I_ '·"'-··A-. . 1 ' ."t 1
'"'~;. <1 ~- • •~-~ "~«i"
I I
·"">cl , ! ,.,/If' j,_ I! 11// .L-
' . A'<""' :,.,
o } /J /""' ·\ . ,,,, ,;1 • • '1 "
~}-01.J
•I\' J><•\
""~ ·.~----
,,,,.,µ, \e \' C/; ','
•-·---~ ,,. ' '",, "•~w' "'· ,~---~-<' - ' '~0-

i - •" •
•••.. ......!;....···,
i ,..·1· ,.....'
.•
J '' '· ,_ ;,
·r' 'Ii , •... -<'
.,
I
' ,. " ' • ·.::-.·r
•'' .'" "
.., "'t.;
• "' • LJ
''~([',:\~-::; : /p~:~f'. :i~l~~~ ,·:,;,V

•• --"'"' ,," • .. ,_,'' .d!J '-" . i,.
,," "'i'/,'..
· ' ~
0
4-~h
f\~ ~
g )\\'i'. ' i \.•."d•,1.,>< ·•" ' ,] ,1' ) f A ·\ - \ ' ,.}
.... ·.. ,,, ......:o.:! I',"' '·c.". , .; '- ,, ' ·- "
' efi1• '>,1n . '•\·•\' I '[< - -- '
, ,:__. ·l'f&.tb.: '- .
,.~,/;
,_'(~f -)~ ~tJ"~'.:i~j I
\,.,to:., /::r;·Jj.a ' . . . (:ti ... -(\_ .,
' - -:R/ '
.;,,1·~ "\~~~;:~!r ~
'.':~tit
r. - - . ... - ···;,- - j
.·~..~~~~--
r•
l~t~t
;;. ·~J ,.·.. /' .. ~:
~~ ,.tf.· .:. -~ ~ .J ~~
-_;, :;;.,··),, ..... --~
1e'3~~1~-'~o •·
l't\
t~
··"/
.. ~
21/12/98 REV. 00 Sabroe Refrigeration A/S, Marine Division 73

Parts list for compressor type SBO
Pos Part No. Compressor Type Description
No.
SBO SBO SBO SBO SBO
21 22 41 42 43
24 1991.400 x CONNECTING ROD WITH PISTON
COMPLETE FOR SB021
1991.401 x x BUSHING FOR CRANKSHAFT SB021
2 AND SB022
37/3 1991.402 x BEARING CAP COMPLETE
8
1991.403 x x THRUST WASHER FRONT SIDE FOR
5 SB021/22
1991.404 x x GASKET FOR REAR BEARING
36 FLANGE. SB021 AND SB022
1991.405 x x OIL PUMP COMPLETE FOR SB021
41 AND SB022
1991.406 x x SUCTIOM STRAINER FOR SB021
71 AND SB022
72 1991.407 x x GASKET
116 1991.472 x VALVE PLATE COMPLETE FOR
SB021
SB022
117 1991.476 x x LOWER VALVE PLATE GASKET FOR
SB021 AND SB022
118 1991.410 x x UPPER VALVE PLATE GASKET FOR
SB021 AND SB022
119 1991.521 x x CYLINDER HEAD, AIR COOLED FOR
SB021 AND SB022
8018 1991.412 x x CRANKCASE HEATER 70W/230V
1 FOR SB021 AND SB022
1 FOR SB021 AND SB022
1991.414 82 82 70 70 70 MAGNETIC PLUG FOR OIL FILTER
1991.415 83 83 71 71 71 GASKET FOR OIL FILTER FOR SBO
1991.416 84 84 72 72 72 THRUST SPRING FOROIL STRAINER
1991.417 85 85 73 73 73 OIL STRAINER FOR SBO
200 1991.418 x x SHAFT SEAL COMPLETE FOR SB021
AND SB022
72/1 1991.419 x x GASKET FOR SUC/DISC. VALVE FOR.
08 SB021 AND SB022
112 1991.420 x x GASKET FOR DISCH. VALVE FOR
SB021 AND SB022
110 1991.421 x x DISCH. STOP VALVE COMPLETE
FOR SB021 AND SB022
74 1991.422 x x sue. STOP VALVE COMPLETE FOR
SB021 AND SB022
162 1991.423 x x SET OF GASKETS FOR SB021 AND
SB022
211 1991.424 x x COMPRESSOR PULLEY FOR SB021
AND SB022
96 1991.425 x x BASE PLATE GASKETFOR SB021
AND SB022
COMPLETE FOR SB022

Pos Part. No. Compressor Type Description
no_
SBO SBO SBO SBO SBO
21 22 41 42 43
3713 1991.427 x BEARING CAP COMPLETE INCL. OIL
8/41 PU MP FOR SB021
38 1991.428 x x BEARING BUSH SB021/22
86 1991.429 x x OIL RETURN SYSTEM FOR SB021/22
200 1991.430 x x SHAFT SEAL COMPLETE FOR
SB021/22
R717 I R134a
207 1991.431 x x GASKET F. SHAFT SEAL COVER
SB021/22
2 1991.450 x x x BEARING BUSH (MOTOR SIDE) FOR
SB041/42/43
3 1991.451 x x x BEARING BUSH (CRANK. SIDE)
SB041/42/43
5 1991.452 x x x THRUST WASHER (CRANK SIDE)
SB041/42/43
COMPLETE SB041
COMPLETE SB042
COMPLETE SB043
24 1991.456 x BEARING CAP COMPLETE
24 1991.457 x x BEARING CAP COMPLETE
25 1991.458 x x x BUSHING FOR CRANKSHAFT
SB041/42/43
26 1991.459 x x THRUST WASHER SB042/43
23 1991.460 x x x REAR BEARING FLANGE
GASKETFOR SB041/42/43
57 1991.461 x x x SUCTION STRAINER FOR
SB041 /42/43
58 1991.462 x x x GASKET FOR sue. VALVES
B041/42/43
60 1991.463 x x x sue. STOP VALVE COMPLETE FOR
SB041 /42/43
94 1991.464 x x x DISCH. STOP VALVE COMPLETE
FOR SB041/42/43
68 1991.465 x x x CRANKCASE HEATER 100W/230V
-
SB041 /42/43
SB041 /42/43
74 1991.467 x x x OIL RELIEF VALVE FOR SB041/42/43
1991.468 93 93 77 77 77 SIGHT GLASS FOR SBO
1991.469 92 92 76 76 76 0-RING FOR SIGHT GLASS
28 1991.470 x x x OIL PUMP COMPLETE FOR
SB041/42/43
29 1991.471 0-RING FOR OIL PUMP
100 1991.472 x VALVE PLATE COMPLETE SB041
21/12/98 REV. 00 Sabroe Refrigeration A/S, Marine 0Nision 76

D
NO. DATE REASON FOR REVISION CHK'D APP'D
B 1 80
~~'r""" L 2 90 SUCTION I LIQUI~ I I

gl ¢14
j
~----
SEE DWG. No. -+-+--
C02-002-1 t l
01
11
:.:----- -i- -- --i.:

: :
11
I 11
11
I
TYPE
HFS-1
HFS-2
A
200
200
11 11
11 I 11 HFS-3 200
1.1 _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ II
HFS-4 200
HFS-5 225
HFS-6 200
HFS-5-SS : MEAT & FISH ROOM

HFS-1 : VEGETABLE ROOM
L
L 1
*NOTE
TYPE DIMENSION CONNECTION () DATA FOR FAN DATA FOR DEFROSTING
0 L1 Space for withdrawing of heating element
0 '-" '-"
c ~-:;;:- ~'
3/440/60 3/380/50 "SS" added to the type indicates electrical
,,,::;;: z
Q
::;;:
z gt 25~
00 (") 0 (")
0
0
defrosting
G5 )> Q ~ :<- =-"' :< 8 ::0
'6 0
::0
'6
:r ;:o i:;; §3
°'0 ;> Ul
* R12-R134a
~ ~
-i
);! & ;>
3 3 0 ::0
B B 1 L L 1 L 2 H H 1 . ~
~
* R22-R404A-R407C-R507
mm mm mm mm mm mm Kg m' Kg w kw kw kw kw
~ HFS-1 350 200 620 1050 430 1050 745 35 11.2 254 200
YARD:CSBC No:H.938/-44 Scale: N/S A 4
Dr...
HFS-2 450 300 620 1050 430 1050 745 40 15.7 305 200
HFS-3 450 300 820 1450 630 1050 745 50 23.0 305 200 :::::: TITLE: UNIT COOLER Drown by: KYP Dote: 2008.04.08
65 MEAT & FISH ROOM

HFS-4 500 350 1120 2100 930 1050 745 34.2 406 300 VEGETABLE ROOM Check by: SKS Aprov. by: BWP
~ HFS-5 600 450 1120 2100 930 1050 745 80 43.9 406 300 HI AIR
Rev.
HFS-6 600 450 ,1120 2100 930 1120 784 95 54.9 406 300 KOREA TYPE: HFS(SS) OWG No.: C00-000-1-1
80 B
ILIQUID ISUCTION L 2 90 /,/{"fl/
SEE DWG. No.

--+-+-- C02-002-1
1'!14
gl
+I---"------+.------'----'
11
:.i ---- -i- -- ---:.:

Connection box for
I defrosting rods
:: I 11
I of coil and drip troy TYPE A
11 11
11 11 HFS-1 200
II I II
HFS-2 200
1,1 - - -- - - -- - - 1.1
HFS-3 200
HFS-4 200
HFS-5 225
HFS-6 200
L HFS-1 LOBBY
5K-25A FLANGE
L 1
*NOTE
TYPE DIMENSION CONNECTION () DATA FOR FAN DATA FOR DEFROSTING
0 L1 Space for withdrawing of heating element
0
:;:
cz
:;: ~~ "' ~~"' 3/440/60 3/380/50 "SS" added to the type indicates electrical
8~ 0 o°'
& [!)
C>
C>
)>
zC> 0
:"' :< :"' ;<
(')
0
0
0
::0
=o
(')
0
0
0
2!1 defrosting
LIQUID :i: ;o 1' O> 1' U'l §i §i " * R12-R134a
~ ~
-i
~
$
.3 :r
0 .3 :r
0
B B 1 L L 1 L 2 H H 1 R-22 N N
* R22-R404A-R407C-R507
mm mm mm mm mm mm D Kg m• Kg w kw kw kw
~ HFS-1 350 200 620 1050 430 1050 745 3/8" 35 11.2 254 200
•..•.. YARD: CSBC No:H. 938/-4 Scale: N/S A 4
Dr
HFS-2 450 300 620 1050 430 1050 745 3/8" 40 15.7 305 200
HFS-3 450 300 820 1450 630 1050 745 3/8" 50 23.0 305 200 TITLE: UNIT COOLER Drown by: KYP Dote: 2008.04.08
65 406 300
::: LOBBY
HFS-4 500 350 1120 2100 930 1050 745 34.2
Check by: SKS Aprov. by: BWP
.HFS-5 600 450 1120 2100 930 1050 745 80 43.9 406 300 HI AIR
Rev.
HFS-6 600 450 1120 2100 930 1120 784 95 54.9 406 300 KOREA TYPE: HFS(SS) OWG No.: C00-000-1 -1
rCHK'D 1 APP~~
~I
DATE
- I_ REASON FOR REVISION
I - -
&
323
--- 573
167 98 58 167 158 248
&
3/8"(1NLET) 5/8"(0UTLET) ~ I I 1-1 /B"(outLET)
\w '
I
I
0
1
N
0 0
N
Sil :le RSV
16 "'"'
I 8 18 5'i
er:
0
LC') /
(/) 1 ~8 I
UJ
..J
0 I
:c 0
RSV
.!
~~
v 12
~
I~
LC')
L() 'S. "' LC') L()
N
v I
Cl.
> N
Ol
v Ol
Ol v "" Ol
I
L()
..... ~ ~
Ol 11 ill
<D II 11
I $
,• I ,_
$ $ $ $
0 0
L() L()~-
1
I HFS-'1 · 1 [i-IFS----5-SS I
FOR VEGETABLE ROOM FOR MEAT/FISH ROOM

FOR LOBBY
rm= HI AIR
"
"""
YARD:CSBC No: H.938/-44
TITLE: UNIT COOLER FOR

PROVISION REF. PLANT
Scale: 1/12
Drown by: SHY
Check by: 158

I Dote:
A 4
2D08. 04. 08
Aprov. by: BWP

TYPE: HFS-1
KOREA HFS-5-SS DWG No.: C02-002-2
Rev.
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION !~HE. !APP.
&-
TERMINAL BOX
84 &-
24 36 24
1-
j v
co
N
v
-$-
+
-$- ~5
Heating cable, Outlet from Drip tray

SECTION "A-A" N
v Installation instruction:
-$-
The cable only must be used
VIEW "A" v firmly connected.
UNIT COOLER N
Project the cable against

t.A" mechanical damage.
In freezing room with temperature

lower than minus 10 ·c the heating
0 cable must be coupled in constantly.
LO
Outlet pipe from air cooler must be

II II
FLANGEJOINT insulated.
5K-25A
1111 In case of mounting in pipe it must
II 11 0 0 be checked that the cable is drawn
LO 0
II 11 N 0
1 1 8" COPPER PIPE N out in its full length.
MAKER SUPPLY 2m UNIT
Must not be mounted in contract with
inflammable material.
I
I
DRAIN PIPE HEATER Data : 220 Volt, 60 W

I Weight : 0.35 kg
I
"C" "C"
~
PENET. PIECE
YARD SUPPLY
II i YARD: CSBC STANDARD Scale : N/S
•
TITLE: HEATING CABLE Drown by : SHY Dote : 2008.02.19
OUTLET FROM DRIP T R A Y > - - - - - - + - - - - - •
HI AIR FOR MEAT/FISH ROOM Check by : SOL Appr. by : BWP
SECTION "c-c" KOREA TYPE: HFS (SS) Rev.
DWG No.: C00-151-1 0
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CHE. APP .
.&-
__r:-
UNIT COOLER
FLANGEJOINT
5K-25A
1 1/8" COPPER PIPE

MAKER SUPPLY (2m/UNIT)
PENET. PIECE
YARD SUPPLY
ar·
HI AIR
•..•..
•..
YARD : CSBC NO: H.938/-44
TITLE: DRAIN PIPE

FOR LOBBY
Scale : N/S
Drawn· by : SHY
Check by : SOL
A 4
Date : 2008.02.19
Appr. by : BWP
TYPE: HFS Rev.
KOREA DWG No.: C00-151-1
0
&-
UNIT COOLER
--~
FLANGEJOINT
5K-25A
1 1/8" COPPER PIPE

MAKER SUPPLY (2m/UNIT)
YARD : CSBC NO: H.938/-44 Scale : N/S A 4
TITLE: DRAIN PIPE Drown by : SHY Dote : 2008.02.19

FOR VEG. RM
mAIR Check by : SOL Appr. by : BWP
KOREA TYPE: HFS Rev.
DWG No.: C00-151-1 0
RM
L
LJ
I,_
l J
) if-.) ZLN
"-..
OJ ~~
;v 'k'-5/8
I/~
_J , "' r-- _J I _J _J _J _J -::J
5/8" x 3/8" 1 1/8 " x 5/8"
u
' 0
,
, ' , - -' !R.", -
~ <~----<'.;.
'
' ,, ~ .;_ !UNIT COOL. 0
<. ) -()
,,., -,,., -'.'.
t'-
/'
5/8"
/ / " -~S-1
W-3/8
L
_J W-5/8
' ,
'
I _J _J
01~
01
u (/ RT4,PT100
f-~
:z
::::> ,v,,,.V[G,
/[',./" LOBBY
RT4, PT100
I L
LJ
'K
RT2
'
/"
,
,1,,
/ ['-,/
FISH MEAT
\
:\
k 'V'
RM RT11, PT100 L
_j VJ
~~ ~
OVJ
Oj
u ll)
f- I
:z
VJ
LI...
L
::>I
LJ L
ACTUAL PIPE DIMENSION
REF, MACH, RM
....
(J1
II
"'-
OJ
~
GJ
I "'-
OJ
-5/8
'S'.:13/8
I/ ~
5/8" x 3/8"
REDUCER 1 1/8 .. x 5/8" 318" -
.-' TEE - - '\
UNIT COOL.
~FS-1
5/8" x 5/8" /
TEE (J1
I 3/8" x 1 1/8 "
REDUCER s/8"
"'-
OJ ---- W-3/8
I\~ W-5/8
\I I
5/8" x 5/8" "'-

OJ
TEE :
318" '\
- 5/8" x 3/8" I
" Ri=-n11ri=-R ~
_j
5/8" 1 1/8" x 5/8"
TEE
o~
01
u (/ RT4,PT100
f-1~
z
VEG, LOBBY
\
:::>
'--
(J1 ~
\
"'-
OJ ~
I"'\
:
"'-
OJ
N
'I
W-5/8
RT4, PT100
~ ['..,_
""
;; II W-1 1/8"
~
\. ~ I I
RT2
"
\ FISH 2x MEAT
I\ RM RT11, PT100
\
~
l'x- ~
~/
_j
0
(/)
(/)
R
~
I 0 I
u lD
f- I
z ~
:::> :r:
X: MEANS REFRIGERANT PIPE TD BE INSULATED.
5/8" ' 3/8" u

REDUCER 0
0
5/8" ' 5/8"
['-
TEE
LOBBY
FISH MEAT
RM
HN0.938/-44
(j) : PT100 FOR ECC

[I] : RT11 FOR FREEZING RM THE HEIGHT OF SENSOR TO BE
it : RT2 FOR DEFROSTING 1.2 M ABOVE FLOOR
<J> : RT4 FOR CHILLED RM

TO ATMOS VIEW
0
w
Q_
Q_
w
z _J
_J w
w
>-
I-
I-
(})
w
LL <(
<( L()
(}) ~
(})
~ S-1 3 8 w 3 8 W-5/8 W-1
S-5/8
I ~I======_ ____J_J_ll_~___JI I
COPPER PIPE & FITTING LIST FOR CSBC H.938/-44
LIST NO : 2008-01-19 page 1/2
Size Q'ty Q'ty

No. Part no. Description Mat' I Unit
Inch Meter actual supply
1 PP030007 COPPER PIPE 1 3/8 6M O.D 34.92 cu EA 1 '1

...
"
cu ·- ---:·,:_- <,:~,:;
.. ':l
,.
2 PP030006 COPPER PIPE 11/8 6M O.D 28.58 EA 1 "'
··-
3 PP030004 COPPER PIPE 5/8 6M O.D 15.88 cu EA 2
'
3-
4 PP030002 COPPER PIPE 3/8 6M O.D 9.52 cu EA 1 2·

, ..
5 PT050307 Elbow A type(90 °) 1 3/8 I.D 35.11 cu EA 1 '·.--2 -.
6 PT050306 Elbow A type(90 °) 1118 I.D 28.75 cu EA 3 ,.<·.•" :5·.. ..
..
7 PT050303 Elbow A type(90 °) 5/8 I.D 16.00 cu EA 9 .··.•.-.
12··
' '
--· -·..
,-··
8 PT050301 Elbow A type(90 °) 3/8 I.D 9.62 cu EA 9

.'
·.· •.·~. . ·'.,.1i.
...
·-. ·!: :. ~ •
.
•
9 PT050014 TeeA type 1 118 x 5/8 I.D 28.75 x I.D 16.00 cu EA 2 ... '"'lf ..
..
.· .
PT050004 Tee A type 5/8 x 5/8 I.D 16.00 x I.D 16.00 cu EA 2
.j .
10
11 PT050811 Reducer A type 1 3/8 x 1118 I.D 35.11 x I.D 28. 75 cu EA 1

..
2·
,,:.,...... -
12 PT050881 Reducer A type 5/8 x 3/8 I.D 16.00 x I.D 9.62 cu EA 2

"
. 4
. .• -·
13 PT050707 Socket A type 1 3/8 I.D 35.11 cu EA .\. ·. 2 ...··
14 PT050705 Socket A type 7/8 I.D 22.36 cu EA . .2

LIST NO: 2008-01-19 page 2/2
Size Q'ty Q'ty

No. Part no. Description Mat'l Unit
Inch Meter actual supply
. ' ...
·:'r-.·, -~. .
15 PT050703 Socket A type 5/8 I.D 16.00 cu EA ·-:~-~:~t~ ~,
-·. ..
..
16 PT050701 Socket A type 3/8 I.D 9.62 cu EA :··,"'.'.:2.:'
COPPER PIPE(! 1/4"): about 2meter, COPPER PIPE(!"): about 2meter, COPPER PIPE(3/4"): about 6meter, COPPER PIPE(l/2"): about !Ometer
, COPPER PIPE( 1/4") : about Smeter
E
& - - - -
&
~~ l__E_I~
408
MAKER PIPE 1 3/8" PIPE 1 3/8"
YARD
E-------- ~
"
l
- ' v/ ______ /1
~l-''~ =~
I
----- _[::, -1- -----------------
I
-------- '\ I
!
-----~
---
' "' ~
L ~~ ~~
~·
MAKER PIPE 5/8" YARD PIPE 5/8"

N-2 02 01 N-2
CONNECTION LIST
No. DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'TY REMARK

N-1 SUCTION GAS IN/OUTLET 12147.8 x t3.2 2 cu
N-2 LIQUID IN/OUTLET ¢21.2 x t2.6 2 cu
@ \l'\l
~l{-- ~--i
02 SUCTION CONNECTOR FOR 1 3/8" 2 cu
01 HEATER EXCHANGER HE 8.0 1 -
No. DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'TY MAT'L WT( Kg) REMARK
•..•.....•..
LE 2
rmr·
HI AIR
•..
YARD: CSBC No.: STANDARD
TITLE:
TYPE:
HEATER EXCHANGER Drown
OF PROVISION PLANT
HE 8.0
Seo le:
by: KYP
Check by: ISB

1/4 A 4
Date: 2008. 02. 19
Aprav. by: BWP
KOREA DWG No.: A10-151-1 IRe~

Heat exchangers,
type HE
Introduction
Heat exchanger type HE is used primarily for without a heat exchanger is otherwise lost to the
heat transfer between the liquid and suction li- ambient air via uninsulated suction lines..
nes of the refrigeration plant In the heat exchanger, this effect is used to
The purpose is to utilize the cooling effect which subcool the refrigerant liquid.
Features • High refrigeration capacity in evaporator • Maximum utilisation of evaporator on setting

the thennostatic expansion valve for
• Helps ensure vapour-free liquid ahl]ad minimum superheat
of expansion valve.
• Helps prevent sweating and iced-up
· ··>,;:.::,:, ..., ·:,;.:.· ·.•//'.;· suctionlines);;,::,:;,c:·,c;...•• ···· ·· •.·,,,,.. :,,,... :· .•...:::\':t•.J\·jJ:
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,_,_,_·_.':<_::·_·:··_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _'_'_ _ _ _ _ _._·,._:~·-·----------"'''·.:·-·.~. . ~_:\·~;if:- --~:-
Technical data Refrigerants Max. worl<ing pressure

All fluorinated refrigerants. PB= 21,5 bar
Operating temperature Max. test pressure

-60-) +120°C pf=28bar
,. , . C?rdering .. Solder connection ODF 1.

Generally, the size of an HE exchanger can be.··..
Type determined from the connections corresponding.·
Liquid One Suction line Code no.
to the pipe dimensions of the refrigeration plant.
in. mm in. mm - The design is such that normal suction gas
HE0.5 6 12 01500001 velocities are achieved, with a subsequent small
1/4 ''2 01500002 pressure drop. Thus the heat exchanger ·
capacity will match plant capacity.
HE1.0
.,. 10
5/a
16 01500003
01500004
At the same time, oil return to the compressor is
ensured.
HE1.5 12 18 01500005 If the main object is to avoid sweating and
''2 3/4 01500006 frosting-up of the suction line, the HE can be
HE4.0 chosen one size larger than the size determined
12 28 01500007
by the capacity. An HE used as an auxiliary
•12 1'/a 01500008 condenser must always be selecteJi according
HE8.0 16 42 01500009 to the connection dimensions.
5/a 15/a 01500010
~ DanfossNS (RC-CM /MWA), 03-2002 Technical leaflet - RD6KA302

Heat exchangers, type HE
Capacity
~
0
~ Oe -~ Oe -~
60
so
I/
/HE~" I~ 100
80
;~
40
60
30 ./ so HE=
HE4,0 ........
20 / / 40
30 /
/ / / /
HE4.0
,/
v v
/ ,,,. HE1.S 20
10
8
v I/
/ HE1.0
,,,. / ,, / ,/ ,/ ,, HEl.S
6 10
/ I/ ........
5
4 ---
/
1-..r- -,
y
/
/
/
,,v
/ HEO.S
8
6
., /
,, ./ / HE1.0
3 s v/ ........
I/
2
/
,. /
,. I
t/
/
,, / 4
/
/
/
/
,,,. ./
HEO.S
v
v ,/ Vi
~
3
z / /
/
... / /
~/
1
/ / I / /
0,8
0,6
v I - - - 1 /
o,s
~
/ I 111
I -< " ~· 0,8
0,4 !
I II
II
' --, '..,
II
0,6 / /
111 L I
- I
- I
0.3
0,2
I
I te
o.s
0,4
0.3
,, / _-< 11
JU LJ
Cl
11'1
II ~
u
.,..J
....'-t
-SO -40 -30 -20 -10 0 +10 +20°C te
0,2
-40 -30 -20 -10 o +to +20 +3o
0
c
The curve for R 22 shows that an HE 4.0 is

...
3::
100
Oe suitable. The curve for HE 4.0 lies immediately
above the intersection of the lines through
HEl!,O 0
80 Oe = 4.5 kW and fe =-251l.
60
i/ ii
so , /
HE4Jl
~:c
The heat flow Q during heat exchange is
40
30
./ / calculated from the formula: Q k x Ax atm =
20 v /
Q
k
heat flow in W
heat transfer coefficient in W/m2 Ill:
/
/ /
v ,,,. v,, HE1.S
HE1.0
A transfer area of the heat exchanger in m2
atm the average temperature difference in 0,
.' .,~
10
8 I/ ,, ........ I/ ·::::
calculated from the formula:
6
s
/
/ ,/ ,,
./ /
/
,,,. HEO.S .
4 / / ........ ./
3 / / / ,, "'
2
v / '/ _,,/
k xAvalues
v
1
0,8
/ /
:/v /
Determined by experiment (see table).
KxA
0,6
v
/
/ ·~
111
~
I Al I II
-
I AI
~ ~
II I Type
'> Dry suction gas I refrigerant liquid
o,s (normal use In refrigeration plant ·'.' ·
LJ I 111 If LJ ~
0,4 I /
1~ I u I
with fluorinated refrigerants)
UL LJ lU Li LJU WI 0 :'.:''
0.3
fe HE0.5 2.3
0,2
-so -4o -30 -20 -10 o +10 +20 +3o •c HE1.0 3.1
HE t.5 4.9
HE4.0 11.0
Precise heat exchanger sizing can be obtained
from the curves which show plant capacity Oe .HE8.0 23.0
for R 22, R 134a and R 404A depending on '> These figures apply to dry gas only. Even if a
evaporating temperature fe. thermostatic expansion valve is used, the suction gas
wiO carry very small liquid drops into the suction line.
Example The fins of the HE catch these drops which then
Plant capacity Oe = 4.5 kW evaporate. This may result in a smaller superheat than
the theoretically calculated value.
Refrigerant = R 22
Evaporating temperature fe= -25°C
58 Technical leaflet - RD6KA302 © DanfOss A/S {RC<:M I MWA), 03-2002

Heat exchangers, type HE
Design I Function
2 3 4 2
[~]
1. Sudion line connection
2. Liquid line connection
3. Inner chamber
4. Outer chamber
Offset fin sections are built into the inner Refrigerant liquid flows counter to the gas flow,
chamber (3) and result in turbulent gas flow with through the small outer chamber (4).
minimum flow resistance. The flow is guided by a built-in wire coil so that
Gas flow is straight through, without changes of maximum heat transfer is achieved.
direction and without oil pockets. The hot liquid flowing through the outer chamber
normally protects the outer tube from
"sweating".
Dimensions and weights
--- -f.- - -+-·- -·-
Type H1 L L1 L2 00 Weigh
mm mm mm mm mm kg
HE0.5 20 178 10 7 27.5 0.3
HE1.0 25 268 12 9 30.2 0.5
HE1.5 30 323 14 10 36.2 1.0
HE4.0 38 373 20 10 48.3 1.5
HE8.0" 48 407. 29 10 60.3 2.3
.·
Volume
Type
Outer chamber an3 Inner chamber cm3
HE0.5 8.5 23.0
HE 1.0 25.0 45.0
HE 1.5 40.0 100.0
HE4.0 80.0 260.0
HE8.0 .. 175.0 . . ·:,,, 475.0
© OanfossNS (RC-CM /WIA). 03-2002 Technical leaflet - RD6KA302

ALL STEEL TO BE GALVANIZED
L
CODE NO. COPPER PIPE PIPE BUSHING
JIS S1ANuARD 0%M~IA.
A D t d1 d2 d3 H z
L3 L4
S-1/4 6 6.4 34.0 3.2 6.4 30 24 25 125
S-3/8 8 9.5 34.0 3.2 9.5 30 24 25 125
S-1/2 10 12.7 34.0 3.2 12.7 30 24 25 125
WIL BE SPOT WELDING S-5/8 15 15.9 34.0 3.2 15.8 30 24 . 125

S-3/4 19 19.1 34.0 3.2 19.0 30 24 . 125
S-7/8 20 22.3 42.7 3.5 22.2 38 33 " 135
S-1 1/8 25 28.6 42.7 3.5 28.5 38 33 " 135
S-1 3/8 32 34.9 48.6 3.5 34.8 44 40 . 140
S-1 5/8 40 41.3 60.5 3.8 41.2 56 50 " 150
N S-2 5/8 65 66.7 101.6 4.2 79.3 96 90 . 195
S-3 1/8 80 79.4 101.6 4.2 79.3 96 90 . 195
MAKER SUPPLY
R-404A PIPE COPPER PIPE
MATRIAL:CU BUSHING
BUSHING(RUBBER)
PENETRATING PIECE PENETRATING PIECE
MATRIAL:EPDM FLANGE
MATRIAL:SGP FLANGE
N
"O
-s. { ----
"1
"O
-s.
02 S-5/8
01 S-1 3/8
850
850
50
50
6
6
906
906
SGP
SGP
No. CODE L3 L4 x L Q'TY WT(Kg) REMARK
YARD: CSBC No.: H.938/-44 · Scale: N/S A 4

H NOTE: TITLE: DETAIL OF PENETRATING PIECE Drown by: SHY Dote: 2008. 02. 19
Q"l'Y: 'SIDP SET roR R-407C PJPg) c----------1-----1
WAIR IN REF.PROVISION CHAMBER Check by: SOL Aprov. by: BWP
ALL STEEL TO BE GALVANIZED KOREA TYPE: f---------'------,-Re-v.-l
DETAIL OF "RUBBER BUSHING" INCL. OF CAP NUT FOR BOTH END DWG No.: CODE
ALL STEEL TO BE GALVANIZED
L1
CODE NO. COPPER PIPE PIPE BUSHING
JIS STANDARD O~~M~IA.
L2 A D t d1 d2 d3 H z
~ W-3/8 8 9.5 .34.0 .3.2 9.5
'
30
.
24 25
------ -------
1_25_ I
W-1/2 10 12.7 .34.0 3.2 12.7 30 24 25 125
w w ~ W-5/8 15 15.9 .34.0 .3.2 15.8 30 24 . 125
w w w W-3/4 19 19.1 34.0 3.2 19.0 30 24 . 125

W-7/8 20 22 ..3 42.7 .3.5 22.2 38 33 . 135
w..., w w w ~ W-1 1/8 25 28.6 42.7 3.5 28.5 38 33 .. 135 '
W-1 3/8 32 .34.9 48.6 .3.5 .34.8 44 40 . 140
W-1 5/8 40 41-3 60.5 3.8 41.2 56 50 . 150
I I W-2 5/8 65 66.7 101.6 4.2 79.3 96 90 . 195

I
-+--- ---+-
I
W-3 1/8 80 79.4 101.6 4.2 ' 79.3 96 90 . 195
1 I
I I
MAKER SUPPLY
COPPER PIPE
BUSHING
COPPER PIPE PENETRATING PIECE
MATRIAL:CU
BUSHING(RUBBER)
MATRIAL:EPDM
YARD WALL WITH INSULATION
PENETRATING PIECE
MATRIAL:SGP
03 W-1 1/8 200 100 SGP

02 W-5/8 200 100 2 SGP
01 W-3/8 200 100 SGP
No. CODE L1 L2 Q'lY WT(Kg) REMARK
YARD: CSBC No.: H.938/-44 Scole: N/S A 4
NOTE: TITLE: DETAIL OF PENETRATING PIECE Drown by: SHY Dote: 2008. 02. 19
Q'TY: 'SHIP SET
FOR R-407C PIPES >---------+-----!
HI AIR IN RE!'.PROVISION Clill!BER Check by: SDL Aprov. by: BWP
ALL STEEL TO BE GALVANIZED KOREA TYPE: >-----~--~.-R.-v.-•
DETAIL OF "RUBBER BUSHING" INCL. OF CAP NUT FOR BOTH END DWG No.: CODE-1
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
fil -
160
140 4-¢7 HOLES 100
125 50
r1
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0 U) 0 I
<D " tO -1--
LJ 07 PLATE 1tx160x180 SUS304

06 CABLE GLAND PG-16
05 BODY PC
04 ELECTRO. P.C.B
03 FRONT COVER PC
02 GENERATOR PROTECTOR PC
01 GENERATION ASS'Y
---- -·--·-···- ·-
No. DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'TY MAT'L WT( Kg) REMARK
Di== •..•..
•..•..
YARD: CSBC
TITLE:
STANDARD
OZONE GENERATOR
220V, lOW
Scale : 1/2
Drawn by : BWP
Check by : ISB
A 4
Date : 2008. 02. 19
Appr. by : BWP
HI AIR
KOREA TYPE: DS-30 Rev.
DWG No.: C00-153-1
39
3-¢4.5 HOLES
<PCD 72) 10
f---
-11
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
1. MODEL NO. : SS-3072
2. TYPE OF MOUNTING : LOCAL
3. ZERO ADJUSTMENT : NO
(\J v 4. BLOW OUT PROTECTION BACK
t""- -c- -----
'S '°'S 5. GLYCERINE FILLED
6. RANGE: 0"'3bar
I
v
'°
~
~
- METERIALS
UNF 7/16 I _[_ Lµ

I
I
I
(\J
-'° 1 . CASE & COVER : STS304

2. SHANK : 0STS304 0STS316
3. BOURDON TUBE : STS316
4. MOVEMENT : STS304
Dli§•..
YARD : CSBC NO: H.938/-44 Scale: N/S A 4
TITLE: PRESSURE GAUGE Drown by: KYP Dote: 2008. 02. 19
Check by: ISB Aprov. by: BWP

HI AIR TYPE: ¢60 B-TYPE Rev.
KOREA (SS-3072) DWG No.: A00-151-1
3-~3.6 HOLES 42
0
N LO
CXl LO LO
(!) 0 r--- CXl
-s.
(!) I 0 s.
-s. I (.)
I a..
I
I
I
I
L..
=----= %
TEMPRESS TYPE 63 R 50-1

STANDARD LENGTH OF CAPILLARY TUBE 10.0 M ~ti~ rY_A_R_D:_C_S_B_C~No_._:S_T_AN_D_AR~D~-J-Sc_o_le~:-1~/_2-+~~A-4~~-I
WEIGHT 0.43 KG l.Uti:: TITLE: REMOTE DIAL Drown by : KYP Dote : 2006. 02. 19
THERMOMETER
HI AIR Check by : ISB Appr. by : BWP
KOREA TYPE: VT-60 Rev.

DWG No.: C00-152-1
&-
&,.-
340
I 280
I 170
I 65
I "A" "A"
,-
,....
r1 -'~ Jf
,.... - -
! I N
I -£l:li D-~ + I+
! L{)
[;;]
N
!
I
- IMeat/Fish room I IVegetable room I ,..,
co
!
:1! 0
0
~I N
I
!I 0
! "'
I £t:! ~
I
l__
-
~SHOULD
\ 4 x ¢8 II 10
BE WELDED
VIEW "A"-"A"
336
-H-
280 I 30
ID
"'
2 ANGLE 50X50X4T 2 SS400
+ "'\" +
________________________________.\___________________________________
1
No.
PLATE
DESCRIPTION SIZE
1
Q'TY
GAf.VA
t.1AT'L WT(Kg)
2 t
REMARK
Q rm
HI AIR
KOREA
YARD: CSBC
lYPE: -
No.: H.938/-44
IDLE: Thermometer panel

for Prov. ref. plant
Seo le: N/S
Drown by: . SHY
Cheek by. SOL

A 4
Dote: 2008.02.19
,....,, by. BWP
OWG No.: Al0-504-2 1•~,.a..,

& - - - -
&
:!JLE1 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : i: )=ID=-~. 3
. I.
.
120
205
.I. 85 :
I
120
~i I
p-=-~~3~
-l
~r1
® ® ®
I©
I ~1
~ s: lI
12 231 62
\ I
I
~1
~ I l
"-" TYPE "L" TYPE
I
I N
c.o
~
PT 1/2" THREAD @ \JV ( rv) 6
4--
10 ~ 68 20
MS TAP THRU
~ 13
"' ~
;~ ~ l~I
~
r ,...
~~ ~-~ A HEX HEAD SMALL PIECE M5 x 10 4 SUS "L" TYPE
H1-~t---
'L. ,... --- 33 THERMOMETER POCKET HB 27 x 98 4 BRASS
"&
No. DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'TY MAT'L WT(Kg) REMARK
•
9 YARD : CSBC NO: H.936/-44 Scale: 1/2 A 4
56 19 23 TITLE: THERMOMETER Drown by: KYP Dote: 2008. 02. 19

WITH POCKET
ISB Aprov. BWP
98 filAIR
TYPE: 120(-30°C/50°C)
Check by: by:
KOREA DWG No.: A00-133-1 IRev~

VIEL DING PG-9
.,._,,
'' '' .,._,,
'' ''
'
'-'
u u
~~
I I I I
1-r--- - - - - - - - ; - ;
I I I I
I l I I
I l I !
r:
I I
ti~-~
I I
TERMINAL
ill
PT!OO OHM <DIN>
50
PROTECTING TUBE
<MAT'L I SUS304)
ELEMENT RUBBER TUBE
(\J 0
'° ())
TECHNICAL DATA :
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: PROTECTING TUBE:
-4o·c ,. ., +so·c SUS304
TEMPERATURE RANGE: TERMINAL BOX:
::
No. DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'1Y MAT'L WT(g) REMARK
-so·c ,. ., +1oo·c Acylonitrile Butadiene Styrene ·
YARD: CSBC STANDARD Scale: 1/3 A 4
DEGREE OF PROTECTION:
IP-54
[111 :::1-----------+-----+------l
::: TITLE: PT-lOOohm
SINGLE(3WIRE)
Drown by: HHS
Check by: ISB

Dote: 2008. 01. 29
Aprov. by: BWP

m AIR TYPE: S-5029 Rev.
KOREA DWG No.: C00-005-1
KS 81503
JIS 82221
SIZE FL.ANGE 8 LENGTH CODE No.
l.D (mm) c (mm) D (mm) (mm) L (mm) TYPE
25A 75 95 16 130 D8TC 25

32A 90 115 16 130 D8TC 32
40A 95 120 16 130 D8TC 40
50A 105 130 18 140 D8TC 50
3 65A 130 155 18 140 D8TC 65

--------------- u 0
BOA 145 180 18 140 D8TC 80
100A 165 200 18 140 D8TC 100
125A 200 235 20 140 D8TC 125
150A 230 265 22 150 D8TC 150
B
L
1 VIBRATION DAMPER JIS SK 2

No. DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'1Y MAT'L WT(g) REMARK
YARD : CSBC STANDARD Scole: N/S A4

TITLE: VIBRATION ·DAMPER Drawn by: K.Y.P Date: 20D8. 02. 19
Check by: l.S.B Aprov. by: B.W.P

m AIR TYPE: DBTC (JIS 5K) Rev.
KOREA DWG No.: 814-108-1
M16
00
cu
0
lf)
13
l() (") 0
...... ("')
"
140 I YARD: CSBC No.: STANDARD Scale: 1/2 A 4
183 I I
Dr:r:•..•..
HI AIR
TITLE: VIBRATION DAMPER
TYPE: 17 /1609/1
Drown by: YMC
Check by: BWP

I Dote:
//>f>rov.
2008. 02. 19
by: BWP
KOREA jRev.
DWG No.: ia
F
PROVISION REFRIGERATION PLANT
CONTROL PANEL
DRA\./ING NO. PAGE CONTENTS
E0802611 1/1 LIST OF DRA\./INGS
E0802612 1/1 LAYOUT
E0802613 1/1 INNERVIE\./ 8. PARTS LIST
E0802614 1/9 OPERATION DIAGRAM

2/9 PO\./ER DIAGRAM
3-9/9 \./IRING DIAGRAM
E0802615 1-3/3 TERMINAL DIAGRAM
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
rmID AIR
KOREA
HI AIR KOREA
1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILL YE:-MYON
KIMHAE CITY, KYUNGNAM KOREA
PHONE• 055)340-5200 · FAX• 055)346-3501/2
Drow
Rev.
REV.
REV.
REV.
1
2
3
4
2008. 02. 19 CLIENT :
CSBC YARD HULL ND. 938/-44

TITLE:
PROVISION REFRIGERA TIDN PLANT
CONTROL PANEL
LIST OF DRA\./INGS
DRAWING NO.
E0802611
PAGE NO.
1/1
800 300 6
~
545
I
~
T ~ 11
II
I NP I @ r
mm I
I
0 [
I
CiUl !iflli I
I HP41 HPSI HP6I IHPs IHP10iHP11iHP12I I
$00 $$$$ 0 NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL
NP PROV. REF. PLANT CONT. PANEL
IHP1iHPsl IHP13l lfal lfisl
NPl SOURCE HO
00 $00 0
g NP2 N0.1 COMPRESSOR
~ "'"'
0
"' [if1] NP3 N0.2 COMPRESSOR

I HP41 lfsl HP1I NP4 0 - 1 <GREEN) · 1S6/5Hl. 2S6/6Hl
$00 0 NP5 STAND BY <YELLO\.i) 5H3, 6H3
Cii:Wl NP6 ANTIRECYCLING <GREEN) 5H5, 6H5
00 r--,_r--1 0 NP? CRANKCASE HTR. <ORANGD 5H7, 6H7
I I NPB COMMON ALARM <RED) 5H9, 6H9
iisox2ooi
I I L NP9 MEAT/FISH ROOM 0 - 1 <GREEN) 3S5/7Hl
I I
I I NPlO VEGETABLE ROOM 0 - 1 <GREEN) 4Sl/7H3
I I
@ I I
NPU LOBBY 0 - 1
L-------J <GREEN) 4S4/7H5
ILI
I
1aaaaaaaaa1
I
bit! I
EARTH STUD 1 M-6

Lr
- NP12
NP13
NP14
NP15
OZONE GENERATOR 0 -
DOOR HTR. 0 -
MANUAL DEFROSTING
1
1 <GREEN)
<ORANGD
MEAT/FISH ROOM DEFROSTING <ORANGD
4S17 /7H9
4Sl3/4H14
7H7
3Sl
SET. HOLE 1 14¢ X 4EA
NP16 FAN CONTROL
SET. HOLE I M-5 x 14EA

"ABLE COMMING
I
ISPECIFICATION I
·~------~-------%-----
I
-%-------~------~·
I
I I
I I 1. PAINT COLOR 1 7.5 BG 7/2
0 I I
~
•iI r i•I 2. MATERIAL 1 STEEL
>I
200
o
I
I
I
\. I
I
I
3. IP 23
4. \/EIGHT 1 ABT. IOOKG
~------.-------.-------.-------.------ ....
EARTH STUD 1 M-6
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
•mAIR
KOREA
HI AIR KOREA
1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILLYE-MYDN
PHONE• 055>340-5200 F' AX• 055)346-3501/2
Draw
Rev.
REV.
REV.
REV.
1
2
3,
4
2008. 02. 19 CLIENT :

TITLE:
CONTROL PANEL
LAYOUT
DRAWING NO.
E0802612
PAGE NO.
1/1
800
I PART LIST
PROV. REF'. PLANT CONT. PANEL
1--r NCI. DESCRIPTIDN MAKER ll'TY R£MARIC
HYUNDAI
1 MCCB 2 IFS, 2F8
HIBS 53/20A
60DUCT 2
HYUNDAI
MCCB HIBS 53/ISA I 3F'2
3
HYUNDAI
MCCB 3 3F'5, 4F'I, 4F' 4
LJ
HIBS 53/SA
HIBS53 HIBS53 HIBS53 HIBS53 HIBS53 HIBS53
• TRANSFORMER
KOC
440/220V 700VA I TO
5
HYUNDAI
MC HIMC 181111 2 IKB, 2K8
• MC
HYUNDAI
HIMC 91111 4 3K2, 3K5, 4KI, 4K4
HYUNDAI
7 AUX. RELAY 2 IK9, 2K9
HMX31
KACON
8 AUX. RELAY HR705-4PL 6 IK4, IK6, 2K4, 2K6, 3K3, 3Kl8
.. ...,.. ...,.. • HYUNDAI
-
o.c.R 2 IFS.I, 2re.1
..., HITH 22K 13
.... . .. ~ ~ .
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
HR7°' HR7DO H3Cll- H3BA- H3BI\- H3BA-N H3BA-N
6 ~ ~:
... re NSH 10 0.C.R
HYUNDAI
HITH 22K 1.2 I 3F'S.I
I::
NM
t: ~iii HYUNDAI
11 O.C.R 2 4tl.1, 4F'4.I
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 HITH 22K 0.9
12 SB F'0.1, F0.2
rusE 2
0 4A
0 13 SB ro.3. ro.4. 1r2, .2r2, 2ne, 3F'I, •F'17. sn
F'USE 8
2A
Q'\
-ggggu
LG
14 EARTH LEAKAGE BREAKER 32KGRQ I 4F'12
HR700 HMX31 -31 OMRON

TIMER 2 IKIS, 2K15
ELB 15 H3BA-N
OMRON
16 TIMER H3BA-N8H 2 IK16, 2Kl6
' OMRON
17 TIMER I 3KI
H3CR-f8
HTH22 lfTH22 lfTH22 HITH22 HITH22
HANYOUNG
...__ 18 PILOT LAMP ARP-fA211 1 HO
....J.E!:L erBJ 3FSJ 4F'1J •nJ
HANYOUNG
19 PILOT LAMP 2 SHS, 6H5
ARP-fA2G
20 HANYOUNG
PILOT LAMP ARP-fA2R 2 5H9, 6H9
HANYOUNG
21 PILOT LAMP 2 5H3, 6H3
ARP-fA2Y
22 HANYOUNG
PILOT LAMP ARP-fA20 3 5H7, 6H7, 7H7
TERMINAL BLOCK
I I 23 PUSH BUTTON
HANYOUNG
ARf-f120R I 3SI
•• SEL SI/ITCH \/ITH LAMP

HANYOUNG
ART-211A2G 6
IS6/5HI, 2S6/6HI, 3SS/7HI, 4Sl/7M3
4S4/7H5, 4Sl7 /7H9
HANYOUNG
"' SEL. SI/ITCH \/ITH LAMP
ART-211A20 I 4Sl3/4Hl4
26
,_
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
rmmAIR
KOREA
HI AIR KOREA
1432-11, TAMAN-Rl CHILLYE:-MYON
KIMHAE: CITY, KYUNGNAM KOREA
PHONE:• 055)340-5200 FAX• 055)345-3501/2
Draw
Rev.
REV.
REV.
REV.
1
2
3
4
2008. 02. 19 CLIENT :

TITLE:
CONTROL PANEL
INNERVIE'w' 8c PARTS LIST
DRAWING NO.
E0802613
PAGE NO.
1/1
COMPRESSOR 1,2 FAN 1 RELAY: 1Kl5, 2K15
1 3 1 3
H3BA - OPERATION DIAGRAM <'E' MODE>
1S6, 2S6 2 4 3S5 2 4
PO'JER SUPPLY 2-10
0 x 0
x 1 x x
STARTER SIGNAL 2-6
·- •
-
1
1--T --I 1--T --I
OUTPUT NC 8-11
OZONE GEN. FAl"J 2,3
1 3 1 3
4S17 2 4 4Sl, 4S4 2 4
RELAY13Kl
0 0 H3CR-F8 - OPERATION DIAGRAM
1 x x 1 x x SUPPLY VOLTAGE
!'tttt-~ !'"t~i
N.O
N.C
MUMBE:R!JllG CE IE:RM!JllaLS
MCICR IE:RM!JliaLS
~
CONTACTDR N0.1
TERMINAL NO.•
PILCI IE:RMINaLS
1K16
l.,l.,1·2r·~+HH~
DIAGRAM NO.•
TERMINAL N0.1 0 TERMINALS IN COMPRESSOR 8' FAN S\./ITCHBOARD
NUMBERING OF CO~PO~ENTS
EXAMPLE: 1K4
1 = \./IRING DIAGRAM NO.
K :::: COMPONENT TYPE
4 = COLUMN NO.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
•HI AIR
KOREA
HI AIR KOREA
1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILLYE-MYON
PHONE• 055>340-5200 FAX• 055>346-3501/2
Drow
Rev. 1
REV. 2
REV. 3
REV. 4 ·
2008. 02. 19 CLIENT :
CSBC YARD HULL NO. 938/-44

TITLE:
CONTROL PANEL
OPERATION DIAGRAM
DRAWING NO.
[0802614
PAGE NO.
1/9
F0.4
(2A> C2A)
700VA, 440/220V
TO
lKB 2K8 3K5 4Kl 4K4 3K2 F0.2

C4Al C4Al <
:c
:::;
M
RANGE•9-13A RANGE•9-13A RANGE• 0.8-l.2A RANGE• 0.6-0. 9A RANGE•0.6-0.9A

SET,11!,!A SET,11!,IA SET.ti.IA SET,10,69A SET"0.69A
lFB.1 2F8.1 3F5.1 4Fl.1 4F4.1
RI Tl
II I II I III III
I I I -t-0
0 -t-0 -t-0 -t-0 -I -0
TO \./IRING DIAGRAM
AC 220V
~ ~ ~ I!
-0 I -0 I -0 I -0 I -0 I
-<-O -< -0 -<-O -< -0 -< -0
("') ;o ("') ;o ("') ;o ("') ;o ("') ;o
I-., -<.,., -<...., -<...., -<.,.,
CJ\ I I I I I I I I I
W-0
XO
~<
~ r'1
<;o
];: 2-0 :s:: :s:: ("')
II II 0 0 0
..... (]\-I -I 3:
-woo-u
~;<;;;o;o~
2-0 :s:: :s:: ("')
II II ~~CJ
:::: 9' CJ CJ -u
. W;o;o
O;<;; r'1
..... -0 :s:: l"T'J
*II r'l l>
,....Wl> Z
. . . . o, .-
. O-t
l> <....,
-
!:""W
LJlO
..... -0<I.,,
* I I rri l>
of'\lciZ
°' 8
..o:<-1
r'1 I'\)
-
!:'""~
LJ10
,....-or~
*llOl>
of'\ltoZ
. Oto
(J\0-< w
LJ10
-
!:'"" tJ1
-u:s:: t::I
r'1
II l>-.,
-tiO
(J\'-.0
o"T'JC/l
!:""W
LJ10
I'\)
-u
rCJ
-I
..... -u
z-
t::1r
-o
~-I
'° <
:t><t::1-tC/l ~<t::1-1C;? Vi
l> l>
to l> ;<; ..... -I < ;j<
I~ ("') l>-< C;') ("') l>-< C;') :r: r
<(/),....
:r:z 0
r
00
zr
-u
(]\ -0 o;;~!iil o-1-00
l> r'1 ;o ;:o
fT1
;:o
C'1 -I -I
or Vi"'z3: Vi"'z3: ;o 0 l> l>
f:5-< -I ifII f'\l
II o,....OC;?
-IS. II f'\l f'\l
11.':!.-o
CJ
0
:s::
CJ
0
0
3:
C'1
r'1
C'1
r'1
'°oo~l>to '°. --.J l> C;')
~roo_to
:s::
:l"-ro~(;jO • ro~wo
~ ;o I'\) ~ ;o I'\) I'\)
w -u C;') w -u C;') I'\)
l> :s:: ~ l> :s:: ~
l> l>
R CU> : RED
s CV) \./HITE
T C'v/) : BLUE
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
rm
mAIR
KOREA.
HI AIR KOREA
PHONE• 055)340-5200 F'AX• 055)346-350112
Draw
Rev.
REV.
REV.
REV.
1
2
3
4
2008. 02. 19 CLIENT :

TITLE:
CONTROL PANEL
POWER DIAGRAM
DRAWING NO
[0802614
PAGE NO.
2/9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Rl Rl
1
IF"B.I IK4) 05
100
101
3KIBI 106
1.14
IK~l1~7 1.l·r
112 114
1.1 I
...,
~
-I
1S6 ~}----------------
;;:o D
D HIGHfB-1 1K4
::;::
-0 ~m~l 113 1K9l115 IKB
~
~
D 1.2 zCl
~ 102
f'T1
;;:o 1.15 1.17 116
SNS-C10~~3 1.6
t::I
];:
~
t::I
......
J>
Cl
LC'w' CCCL.
'w'ATER
I
~ l4
Cl
;;:o
;:o PRESSURE l>
LC'w' p l 1 3:
J>
::;:: 1.9 PRESSURE 1.10 ru
I
1.7 I
117
Tl
IK9
1.sf,04
1K4 IK6
110
IKB
M
111
'
1.11
1K9
IKIS
6 10
1K16
Tl
\7
1.6 5.9
1.10
(")
D
::;::
::;::
D
f- ~
(/) (")
-I CJ
J>::;::
Z"O
t::I ;:o
~(")(/)
CJ -I
::;:: l>
"1J
;:o -I
;:o
(")
D
3:
::;::
CJ
(")
CJ
3:
"1J
;:o
"1J ..... I
II z f"l
~(")
~;:o
~
C/lI-1 l>
f"lW,....Z
-lb:J::S: -I
.. l> f"l .....
;:o~
+C/lIAJ
f"lWf"l
-I txl (/)
•. l> -I
'-J I l>
(")
CJ
3:
"1J
;:o
z f"l. f"l'-. z f"l J> z (.)11
::s:.:Z: f"l (") (.)1 z ;:o f"l
txl (/) (/) (/) (/) z
;;>;
G1
..... r-< C/l CD -I (/)
J> -< (/) C/l--1 J> (/)
f"l ;z: f"lJ> (") f"lI (/)
r D DD r CJ (")
l> r I-< r..... fl ;::l CJ
J> ;:o ;:o "1J J> ;:o ::;:: ;:o
;:o ;;:o (/) f"l ::;::
::;:: ::;:: ;:o f"l ::;:: CJ z f"l
c f"l t::I G1 ;;:o
z z f"l
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Draw 2008. 02. 19 CLIENT : TITLE: DRAWING NO.
IiB
mAIR
HI AIR KOREA
143<?-11, TAMAN-RI CHILL YE-MYON
Rev.
REV.
REV.
1
2
3
CONTROL PANEL
WIRING DIAGRAM 1
E0802614
PAGE NO.
KOREA
PHONE• 055)340-5<?00 FAX• 055)346-3501/C? REV. 4 3/9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Rl Rl
"'~i
1
2f"8.1
200 2K412os
rl'"
201
3K181 206
2.1 I 2 2K~2~7
2.14
212
2J·r 214
-ri
;;o fB-(1 2S6 ~}"___ -------------
-I
D
D
::;:: HIGH 2K4
2K9l 1K9 2K9
"'~~l
<
<
213 215 2K8 ;o
......
...... 2.2 z
;;o 202
z 2.15 2.17 216
Cl
SNS-C!0~~3
Cl t:::l
2.6 219 ];:
~
t::I
];:
C')
LO'J COOL.
'JATE:R
I
flt.- l4
Cl
;;o
J>
;;o PRESSURE: LO'J p -\I ::;::
J> PRESSURE: 2.10
::;:: 09 2.9 I w
2.7 I 2.21
217 I
'
I
2.5f,04 210 211

~
2K9
6 10
2K9 M
2.11 2.22
2K4 2K6 2K8 2K15 2K16
Tl Tl
\(
2.6 6.9
2.1
I- ~
.;1 ~.. of -.f :r: ;;o n
z :r:
("") VJ('") ('")VJ ("") ("") -0 ...... VJI-1 l> VJ rriVJr
Cl -I Cl Cl -I D Cl II fTl fTIW-Z fTl w fTl D <DfTI
::;:: J>::;:: ::;:: J> ::;:: ::;:: --Jn J> -ito:S:: -I -I to VJ ::;:: ;;oro
::;:: Z-0 -0 ;;o ::;:: -0 ;;o -I -J>fTl ..... •• J> -I -0 fTIC
Cl
z
t:::l
fTl
to VJ
;;o ;;o -I
fTl'
VJ VJ
D
z
;;o
fTl
VJ
0
<J>
z
z
Cl
UI I ;;o ~
:::::.!Z
fT1 n
'-J I J>
UI z ;;o
(/) (l) -I
;;o
fTl
(/)
Cl'z .....
Bt:::l
~fTl~
t:J .....
ri
-
7' :r:
J>
r
-<VJ VJ -I J>
r
VJ
n fTl fTl (/)
D
z
J>
D
;;o
DD
;;o -0 J>
D
;;o J> r I-< r f1 ~ ;;o <L
;;o ;;o (/) fTl ::;:: ::;:: J>fTl
::;:: ::;:: ;;o fTl ::;:: D z fTl IU rn
fTl t:::l Cl ;;o
c z f"'1 <;:j
z fTID
-I z
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
rm Draw 2008. 02. 19 CLIENT : TITLE: DRAWING NO.

HI AIR KOREA Rev.
REV.
1
2 CSBC YARD HULL ND. 938/-44 CONTROL PANEL
E0802614
1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILLYE:-MYDN PAGE NO.
ill AIR REV. 3 WIRING DIAGRAM 2
KOREA
KIMHAE: CITY, KYUNGNAM KDRE:A
PHONE:. 055)340-5200 FAX• 055)346-3501/2 REV. 4 4/9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Rl Rl
....I
2F"8.1 2F"18
200 2K412os l!A
201
3K181 206
2.1 I 2 2K~207
2.14
212 ..16r 214
.,.,
:;o
D
3::
>(
......
HIGHfB.-(l
~~~~
2.2
2S6 _FJ,---------------- '
3 1
2K4
213
~·1 215 2K8
1K9 2K9
-i
D
>(
;;;)
......
:;o 202 z
...... Q
z 2.8 2.15 2.17 216
SNS-CIOIB-~ 3
Q t::I
......
-
~
t::I 2.6 219 l>
l>
Q
LO'W COOL.
'WATER
PRESSURE
1 fS- l4
Q
:;o
l>
:;o LO'W p -\1 3::
J> PRESSURE 2.10
3:: I w
2.7 I
217 2.21 I
'
I
2.sf,04 210 211

2K9
cm
6 10
2K9 M
2.11 2.22
2K4 2K6 2K8 2K15 2K16
Tl Tl
*' I
("')
D
3::
I-i
(I) ("')
-iD
J> 3::
,i 1:,,
("')(I)
D-i
3:: l>
("')
D
3::
("')
D
3::
-u-
II z r1
l>
I
of '1-
VlI-i l>
riw- z
-itx:13:-i
VlIAJ
r1 w r1
-i tx:! (I)
n
D
3::
riVlr
<Drl
;oro
3:: Z"U lJ Al 3:: lJ ;::ln -i ··l>ri- .. l> -i lJ rlC
D t::I :;o Al -i D :;o >(Al ...... (Jll;o~ "-I I l> Al CJ'>Z,_.
z l"'l l"'l'- z l"'l l> z Ulz;o l"'l Dt:i
tx:! (I) (I) (I) (I) z Q :s:,:Z l"'l ('") (I) CD -i (/) ......
;;<; ,_, r-<
l> -< (I) (I) -i l> (I)
('") l"'l ;z:l"'ll> ('") l"'lI (/) 1::1-
z
r D DD r D
J> :;o Al lJ l> :;o l> r I-< r f1 ~ :;o <~
:;o :;o (I) r1 3:: -Z 3:: l>n
3:: Al l"'l 3:: D r1
3:: t::I Q :;o
[\) r-i
c l"'l
l"'l <-
z l"'lD
z
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
rm
mAIR
KOREA
HI AIR KOREA
PHONE• 055)340-5200 FAX• 055)346-3501/2
Draw
Rev.
REV.
REV.
REV.
1
2
3
4
2008. 02. 19 CLIENT :

TITLE:
CONTROL PANEL
WIRING DIAGRAM 2
DRAWING NO.
E0802614
PAGE NO.
4/9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Rl
304
.....I
'---""'-'---' 3F5.l 3K3
307
3Sl
302 3.1s9
·
I 3 1313
..t' ;~---,--;,:-1 3K21

3K3 £14
31~K61
305 3KS 3.16
309 1K61
301 3.2
RT2
I
I J 3.4 I
4
rti!};
3K3 3K3 3.5 3.6 I
303 312 ~
3.1
3Kl
3.7
Tl
3.3 3.2
3.16
1-D_ra'-w--l-'2'--"o-"-08"'".-'o'-"2"--.--'-19"--I cu ENT : TITLE: DRAWING NO.

HI AIR KOREA Rev. 1
CONTROL PANEL
E0802614
REV. 2 CSBC YARD HULL ND. 938/-44 PAGE NO.
ID AIR REV. 3 WIRING DIAGRAM 3
KOREA
PHONE• 055)340-5200 FAX• 055)346-3501/2 REV. 4 5/9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Rl
;:::==---_f-+----~ - I-_f- / ,------., ' 4F'~~"'

Ii
_f --\-2----
TO. 7.9
4S1 4K1 4S4 4K4\ . 4S17
.~
.,,
4F'1./ 1K6rK6 4F'4.t
403
1
1K6r· 408
K6
Al
CJ
::;:: 4.1 1
4.S I 410 414
~ I 4 I 4
_f
~ rft-{ 1 rft-{ 1
Cl
~~
Al
l>
::;::
401 42
•
l
l 404
406 46
·
l
l 409
4.21
I
I
4.15
I
I
4S13
I
I
4.19
I
I
W 4,3 I 4,7 I
~
'''
I I
~ ~ I I
I I
M M
4.4 4.8 4.22 4.16 412 4.20
. 4K1 4K4
Tl Tl
r .,, -0 t:::J
~~
(I) ::;::
CJ l> r1
II(") 0
Cl z t:C z cl>
f\) 0
t:C 0-0 -I Al
~f\) -< w t:::-o'
ri .,,
l> I
t:C ::u-
(1)
ri
r II
l>
-I
ri
<
l>
ri Al ri
Al
Al l>o
0 r -to
0
::;:: <
ri
~::;:: 0
z
ALL RIGHTS ESERVED
1-D_r_aw_-+-=-20"-'0"'8-'-.-"0=-2.'--'-'19'--I CU ENT : TITLE: DRAWING NO.

HI AIR KOREA Rev. 1
CONTROL PANEL
E0802614
REV. 2 CSBC YARD HULL ND. 938/-44
1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILLYE:-MYON PAGE NO.
mAIR REV. 3
WIRING DIAGRAM 4
KOREA
KIMHAE: CITY, KYUNGNAM KOREA
PHONE:• 055)340-5200 FAX• 055)346-3501/2 REV. 4 6/9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Rl Rl
sn
l!A
500 500
1K9 1K6 1K9 1K4

502
..,
;;o
1K9 --i
Cl
Cl
::;:: ~
......
~ ;;o
......
;;o
......
501 503 504 505 506 z
C1
z
C1 t:l
t:l 5>
C1
5>
C1
;;o
l>
;;o ::;::
l>
::;:: (]'>
.j>.
I ~ I I
Tl Tl
;;o (I) l> n n n

c --i z ;;o Cl
z l> --i l> ::;:: :;::
z z ;o z :;:: \)
zC1 t:l
til
l"1
n
7'
n
l>
Cl
z
;;o
l"1
(I)
-< -< (I) l> (I)
n l"1 r Cl
r...... l> ;;o
z :r: ;;o
::;::
C1 l"1
l>
--i
l"1
;;o
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
1--D_ro_w_-l-'2'-"0"'"0""8.-'0"-'2"--.-'-19=--.t CUEN T : TITLE: DRAWING NO.

HI AIR KOREA Rev. 1
CONTROL PANEL
[0802614
REV. 2 CSBC YARD HULL ND. 938/-44 PAGE NO.
1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILL YE-MYON
WAIR REV. 3
WIRING DIAGRAM 5
KOREA
PHONE• 055)340-5200 FAX• 055)346-3501/2 REV. 4 7/9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Rl
2K9
600 602 603 604 605
Tl Tl
;;o l> n n n
c
z
z
"'
-I
l>
z
z
-I
......
;;o
l>
z
D
3:
3:
D
3:
-0
...... ;;o D ;;o
z
C"l
t::i
f"'l
n "n z f"'l
trl
-< -<
n
r
l>
"'
f"'l
l>
r "'"';;o
D
l>
zC"l ::r:
f"'l
;;o
3: I\)
l>
-I
f"'l
;;o
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
,__D_ra_w_-'-'2°"0~0=8._0""2~.~1~9__, CLIENT : TITLE: DRAWING NO.

HI AIR KOREA Rev. 1
CONTROL PANEL
E0802614
REV. 2 CSBC YARD HULL ND. 938/-44
1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILLYE-MYON PAGE NO.
mAIR REV. 3
WIRING DIAGRAM 6
KOREA
PHONE• 055>340-5200 FAX• 055>346-3501/2 REV. 4 8/9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Rl
soo~=~....-~~~~~~....-~~~~~~..-~~~~~~...-~~~~~~
TO. 4.17 13
3K5 4K1 4K4 3K2 4S17 4
700 701 702 703 704
Tl
~::;:::~
Cl'l
ZJ> Z
,
~<,~
c ,,., J>
z C'l z
c~r,~
Cl J>
z"" z
,,.,t:l::;:::
~J>
N <
Cl l'1
Cl C'l
r
~,,.,
Z-i Zttl ~-i
...... ..... ru z:-< w Cl
z,,.,
l'1 -i
z~ z-i (I) 11"
C'l ...... C'l J> C'l -i C'l J>
(I)
:i: "" l'1
......
C'l
~
z.....,
(I)
l'1 ""
Fi l'1
~ I ~
Cl ~
Cl J>
Cl ~
::;::: Cl Cl -i Cl
::;::: Cl ~::;:::
::;:::
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
rm
mAIR
KOREA
HI AIR KOREA
1432-11, TAMAN-Rl CHILLYE-MYON
K!MHAE CITY, KYUNGNAM KOREA
Drow
Rev.
REV.
REV.
1
2
3
2008. 02. 19 CLIENT :

TITLE:
CONTROL PANEL
WIRING DIAGRAM 7
DRAWING NO.
E0802614
PAGE NO.
9/9
PHONE• 055)340-5200 FAX• 055>346-3501/2 REV. 4
ID
ci
z
'°
0J
(Y)
"-..
000.-;
z (X) z
30 0 w
~
0
w ()_'.;;'
w
F'
;:::
COMPRESSOR 1
'<I"
'<I"
I
COMPRESSOR RUN
<TDECD
'
CJ)
(")
(J\
ci
z
_J
_J
::J
COMMON ALARM :r:
<TD ECD
i::::i
~
<[
>-
0 z
>--
u
P'.l
(/)
u
w
::::;
HEATING ELEMENT u
IN CRANKCASE
P=70\./
.,.,,;
0
cx:i
0
0
SNS-C102X N
LO\./ CODLING \.I ATER

..- NI"") .q-
PRESSURE
~ <l>
I.....
> >
w >
w >
w
0 a:: et:: n::: n:::
KPl
LO\./ PRESSURE
MP55
LO\./ LUB. OIL
PRESSURE
KP5
HIGH PRESSURE
1--
z
<[
_J
0...
LEQUID INJECTION w
_J
I-
SOLENOID VAL VE F
EVR 6
"'I"
COMPRESSOR 2 "''-"
COMPRESSOR RUN 0'.l
(")
<TD ECD (J\
ci
z
_J
_J
COMMON ALARM :J
I
<TD ECD i:::i
Q:'.
<[
>-
u
pq
Vl
1--
u
z
w
HEATING ELEMENT ::::;
u
IN CRANKCASE
P=70\./
N
0
oci
0
0
SNS-C102X N
LO\./ CODLING \.I ATER

.....-- NI"')"¢
PRESSURE
~ >> > >
\... <l> w w w
0 a:::: n::: a::: 0::::
KPl
LO\./ PRESSURE
<[
w
MP55 ~
LO\./ LUB. OIL D
PRESSURE ~
~
1--f
<[
KP5 1--f
HIGH PRESSURE ::r::
RO'w'
lD
..---<
(Y)
ci \.0
z (\J '-...
0 0 ci (Y)
z 0) z
30w
~w~
0 a_
VE GET ABLE ROOM

OZONE GENERATOR
P=lO\./
HEATING ELEMENT
MEAT & FISH ROOM

DOOR HEATER
P=lOO\./
MEAT & FISH ROOM w

-'
. DRAIN PIPE I-
;:::
. P=60\./
"<t
"<t
MEAT & FISH ROOM I
SCUPPER HEATER '-
ro
(")
P=20\./ (J\
ci
z
_J
_J
2 :J
P-PRF-521 SOLENOID VALVE EVR6 I
1
L-MPYCY-2 ~
P-PRF-527 r'2~-~ ()'.'.
1 RT4 <I:
L-MPYCY-2 • - >-
u
f:'Q
(.I)
VEGETABLE ROOM 1-
u
w
z
2 ::::;
P-PRF-421 SOLENOID VAL VE EVR6 u
1
L-MPYCY-2
P-PRF -427 .=2'---~
1 RT4
L-MPYCY-2 • -
N
8 0
cO
0
0
N
t"J .q-
REPOSE SIGNAL ..- N
FOR ECR ALARM ~ ~~Gj~

0 0::: 0::: 0::: 0:::
MONITORING SYSTEM
<TD ECO
MEAT & FISH ROOM
SOLENOID VAL VE EVR6
RTll
MEAT & FISH ROOM

DEFROSTING THERMOSTAT
RT2
~
I
{!)
ii2
:::l
<(
'···~: ?.(rust
'JIRE I MULTI VIRE CABLE
LEDER I LEDNING MED F'l.ERE LEDERE
'·
.
: ··.>· '
.
m <.SIKRING
. ;.;
l~
MAKE CONTACT, THERMAL DVERL.DAD RELAY
SLUTTEKDNTAKT, TERMISK RELi<>
~
EXTERNAL WIRE ,:~· ·F'USE SWITCH
EKSTERN LEDER )%' , i: • SIKRINGSAF"BRYDER
1
11 BREAK CONTACT, THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY
BRYDEKDNTAKT, TERMISK RE:Llo.
--
~
······.::-:. •fr MCCB
--
--
-Ill-
3 WIRES
3 LEDERE
- MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER
MAXIMALAF'BRYDER
~
MAKE CONTACT, 'ND' CONTACT
SLUTTEKONTAKT, 'ND' KONTAKT
~.;
~
CHANGING F'RDM ONE TO MULTI LINE DRAWING . / CURRENT LIMITER
-+-~{-
== SKIF'T F'RA EN TIL F'LERSTREGET TEGNEMADE ., : \ STR\MBEGRCNSER ( BREAK CONTACT, 'NC' CONTACT
BRYDEKONTAKT, 'NC' .KONTAKT
.. >~'. J:f CIRCUIT BREAKER

~'" ~
COMMON GUIDING OF' ViREs ,·· MAKE CONTACT, DELAYED YHEN OPERATING
SAMLING AF' LEDERE TIL F'le1LLES F"lllRING
\ •:l AUTOMATsIKRING SLUTTEKONTAKT, F'ORSINKET SLUTTEf"UNKTION
f
BRANCH
AF'GRENING . . ~~] m
• ._-."J f"USE F'OR PILOT VOLTAGE
: ST:YRESPlo.NDINGSSIKRING
=€f BREAK CONTACT, DELAYED IJHEN RELEASING
BRYDEKONTAKT, F'ORSINKET BRYDEF'UNKTION
CROSSING WIRES '#ITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION t;J~' > ; ~~~ 1·; '
~
MAKE CONTACT, DELAYED YHEN RELEASING
I KRYDSNING AF' WERE UllEN ELEKTRISI< F'ORIINDELSE :J
. .
SLUTTEKONTAKT, F'ORSINKET BRYDEf"UNKTION
'·f~ ~
EARTH BREAK CONTACT, DELAYED IJHEN OPERATING
? JORD 1r . BRYDEKDNTAKT, F'ORSINKET SLUTTEf"UNKTION
0 MOTOR
MOTOR. uf · rn MAIN RELAY COIL
HOVEDRELlo.SPOLE
~
MAKE CONTACT, DELAYED YHEN RELEASING AND OPERATING
SLUTTEKONTAKT, F'ORSINKET BRYDE- CG SLUTTEF'UNKTIDN
· .~ ·
A
~ ~
BREAK CONTACT, DELAYED IJHEN RELEASING AND OPERATIN G
STARTER
STARTER
·.·
m .•;: DELTA RELAY COIL
DELTARELlo.SPOLE BRYDEKONTAKT, F'ORSINKET BRYDE- CG SLUTTEF'UNKT!ON
y
m ~
. STAR RELAY COIL KIPTRYK
L!J AUTOMATIC STARTER
AUTOMATISK STARTER STJERNERELlo.SPOLE PUSH ON-PUSH OF'F'
.F-~
/ . THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY CHANGE OVER SYITCH
[KJ .• TERMISK RELICI OMSKIF'TER
m RELAY
REL.lo.
8-\
PUSH BUTTON, MAKE CONTAKT
TRYKKNAP, SLUTTE KONTAKT
~
RELAY, DELAYED 'JHEN OPERATING PUSH BUTTON, BREAK CONTACT
r&::J RELle1, F'ORSINKET SLUTTEF'UNKTION TRYKKNAP, BRYDEKONTAKT
G-~
TRANSF'ORMER WITH SEPARATE WINDINGS RELAY, DELAYED 'JHEN RELEASING EMERGENCY CONTROL
Q) TRANSF'ORMER MED ADSKILTE VIKLINGER CJ RELlo., f"ORSINKET BRYDEF'UNKTION NlllDBET JENING
CD-
CURRENT TRANSf"ORMER
STRlllMTRANSf"ORMER 1£]
ASYMMETRICAL RECYCLER
PAUSE/PULS REL.lo. &\ SWITCH OPERATED BY KEY
NlllGLEOMSKIF'TER
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
n··
~~·
I
...... HI AIR KOREA JEF871130

DESIGNED• CLIENT TITLE DRAIJ!NG NO. REV.NO.
DRAWN• BSD871130 SYMBOLS OF W'IRING DRA W'INriS 244400
......
1···
1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILL YE-MYON
ORDER N0,1 ELTEGNINGSSYMBOLER PAGE ND .
1/3
TELEFAX• +82 55 346-3501
0 MEASURING INSTRUMENT <V, A, V>
HALEINSTRUHENT CV, A, V>
.· ..... [.;:'.:i'
''
0~=
*' f#.<' ~t TERMINALS ·
K~EMHER l&~
PRESSURE CONTROL
PRESSOSTAT
·-r
D
RECORDING INSTRUMENT ··.•
[!)-~
THERMOSTAT
.... 'J. .,,
REGISTRERENDE INSTRUMENT ' TERHOSTAT
"
0 [[}-~
INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER :: BELL FLOV SWITCH
\.
HALEVle1RDmHSle1 TTER l=D '. KLOKKE STR¢HNINGSKONTROL
· · BUZZER UNBLOCKED POSITION

Kl BRUMMER
..l'L UBL.OKERET POSITION
S SIREN BLOCKED POSITION

l=t> '\' SIRENE '-"- BL.OKERET POSITION
-,~ ·''HORN SOLENOID VAL.VE

~ ~
- :,-.. .
·::'.HORN MAGNE;TVENTIL.
I
-: LAMP HEATING ELEMENT
® ) LAMPE VARHELEGEHE
'
''
.. '_
' :': c@.·. } LAMP 'w'ITH TRAf"O
·.·:'.i.•TRANSFORHERL.AMPE
i
< LED
s!z\\ LYSDIDDE
'" ··,.; .:;'"! ..
,.,
'
>>
... ·,
DIODE
s!z DIODE
~
PLUG AND SOCKET CONNECTION
.,
STIKFDRBINDELSE
'
PTlOO SENSOR
¢ PTlOO F¢LER '·
Q £HP SENSOR
EHP F¢LER
"
"
RESISTANCE
c=J HODSTAND
AL.L RIGHTS ~£S£RVl'"D
~·
,n
.
...•.. HI AIR KOREA JEF871130
DESIGNED• CLIENT TITLE DRA'WING NO, REV.NO.
r;t·... i::: 1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILL YE-MYCN

TELEF"AX• +82 55 346-3501
DRAVN•
ORDER N0,1
BS0871130 SYMBOLS OF \./IRING DRAV/INGS
ELTEGNINGSSYMBOLER
244400
PAGE NO.
2/3
LETTER MATERIAL, TYPE REMARKS BOGST AV EMNE, TYPE BEMlo.RKNINGER
CODE DEVICE, COMPONENT ETC. KODE APPARAT, KOMPONENT OSV
A SVJTCHJllARD, RACK• LASER, STAR-DELTA STARTER, , ELTAVLE, RACK, FDRSTloRKER, LASER, STJtRNE•TREICANT STARTER,
GROUPS Or COMPONENTS A GRUPPERINGER Ar KOMPONENTER
GRflJPS THllT HAVE ND lllDEPENllENT FUNCTICH. •· GRUPPERlllGER, SOM IKKE UDF"•RER NDGEN SELVSTklNDIG F"~TIDN.
B CONVERTERS rROM NON-ELECTRICAL THERKDSTAT, Tl£lllCI El.EMDIT, HYGROSTAT PRES$11Rt CDNTRIL. OMSlo. TTERE FRA IKKE-ELEKTRISK TERMIJSTAT, TERMll£LDl£NT, HYGROSTAT PRESSOSTAT,
TO ELECTRICAL SIZE OR VICE PHIJTDCEl.L, HICRllPllH:, PICIC-11', LDUllSPEAkER. .•·. B ELEKTRISK ST¢RRELSE FDTDCELI.£, Hll<RIFDH, PICK-llP, H'JTTALE:R,
c CONDENSERS .:.···,. c KCNDENSATCRER

JISTAllLE DR MONDSTAllL£ El.EMENT, DELAY El.EMENT, BISTABILT ELLER MIHISTABILT ELEMENT, FDRSINKEl.SESELEHENT,
D LOGICAL ELEMENTS D LCGIKELEMENTER
HEIOIY, R£GIS'IER. MAGNETIC TAPE, DISC HEMCRY, tfJKCIMHELSE, REGISTER. MAGNETBAND, PLADELAGER.
E MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL THAT CNHIT lit GRllUPED \ilTH ANY DTl£R CODE EMME, SDH IKKE KAN 1£NF"llRES TIL NOGET ANDET
LETTER. •. >. E DIVERSE
ICDDEBDGSTAV,
r PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT rust, UGHTNING ARRESTER. BIMETAWC RELAY, BUCH-Hll.Z

RELAY, PROTECTIVE RELAY <Fl AND Hl'I CUT-llUT>, .:: ·:· F' BESKYTTENDE UDSTYR SIKRING, DVERSPlo.NmNGSAF'LEDER, BIMETALRtLlo., 11\JCHHDLZRELIG,
BESl<YTTELSESAEU• en DG Hr! ArBRYDER~
ROTATING GENERATllil, RllTATING f'RtQIJENCY CONVERTER, RDTER£Nll£ GENtRATDR, ROTEREND£ n!EKV£HSDMF'DRMER,
G GENERATOR, SUPPLIES G GENERATOR, rORSYNINGER
ACCUMULATOR. DRY. CELI.. CURRENT SUPPi.Y, DSCILUITIR. N<KIMULATDR, TllREL.EM£NT, STR,MF'DRSYNING, DSCILLATDR.
SIGNAL LNCP, BEU., SIREN, AND DTt£R KINDS Dr. DPTACM. SUiNAl.LAHPE, l<UJCKE, SIREN£ OG ANDEN FORM rnR IPTISK ELLER
H SIGNAL EQUIPMENT H SIGNALGIVERE
SIGNAi. EQUIPMENT,
QR ACllUSTic: Al<USTISK S!GNALGIVER.
RELAY NCD CDHTACTDR THAT CANHDT BE GRIM'ED UNDER R£Uo. DG KDNTAICTllR. SOM IKKE KAN HENF•RES UNDER
K RELAYS, CCNTACTORS LETTER F DR Q. . K RELia.ER, KCNT AKTORER
BDGSTAV F ELLER Q
'"·
L INDUCTANCE COILS REACTANCE CDIL. PUPIN COIL. L INDUKTANSSPCLER REAICTANSSPDI.£, PUPINSPDI.£,

.«{
•'.;
·:·.·:
M MOTORS_ M MOTORER
p MEASURING EQUIPMENT, VIII.TMETER, AHMETER, R£CDRJJER, DSCILLDSCCPE, SIGNAL p MALENDE APPARATER, VDLTHETtR, AMPERE:HETER, SKRIVER, DSCILLDSKDP,
TESTING EQUIPMENT GEl£RATllR. ELECTRIC VATCH. HETER. ',; · · · PR9lVNINGSUDSTYR SIGNAUiENERATOR, EL-IJR, HALER.
Q MECHANICAL CUT-CUTS rCR Pll\IER CUT-GUT, ISDLAT!ll, ICITllR GUAAD, G\lllRD RAIL. MEKANISKE ArBRYDERE rOR Uf'EKTArBRYllER, LEllNINGSADSKILLER, HDTDRVloRN, llUTDVloRN,
HEAVY CURRENT Q
AUTIJIATic: CUT-lllT;;svm:H F'llJI UGHT AND PIMR INSTALLATllJI. STlo.RKSTR9lM AllTD*TSllCRING. AF'JR'tllER TIL LYS Dr KRArTINSTALLATIDH.
PERMANENT NCD VARIAJLE RESISTANCC, PllTEllTIQMETER, f"AST DG VARIAIEL MDllSTAND, PDTENTIDMETER,
R RESISTANCES THERHIST!IR. CNTCrPTC>. . R MCDSTANDE TERHISTDR <NTC ca PTC~
CUT-CUTS AND CHANGE-OVERS ArBRYDERE CG OMSKirTERE I
s IN PILOT CURRENT CIRCUITS
CllNTRllU.ER. PUSH BUTTIJf, LIMIT CUT-CUT, CHANGE-OVER SVJTCH,
SELECTtlt, REG CllNTi\CT, CUT-DUT f'DR HEAVY•. CURRENT.
s STYRESTR¢MSKREDSE
l<DHTRD\.LER, BETJENINGSTRYKICNAP. ENDESTDPAFBRYDER,
KNASTDMSKITTtR, Vlo.LGER, 11£ED-KDNTAKT, STl6RKSTR•MSAFIRYDER.
T TRANSrDRMERS T TRANSrORMERE
u MODULATORS, STATIC CONVERTERS

DISCRIHINAT!ll, IJEMDJIULATDR. rREQUENCY CIJIVERTER, CDDE
TRANSFlRtER, llECTlf'JER, INVERTER.
u MCDULATCRER, STATISKE CMrCRMERE
D!SKRIHIHATDR, llEHlllM.ATOR, FREKVENSDMF'IJRHER,
l<DDtDHSlo.TTtR, ENSRETTER, VEKSELRETTER.
v SEMI-CONDUCTORS, PIPES ~ -. '

v HAL VLEDERE, R¢R DIDDE, TRANSISTOR, TYllISTDR.
TRANSMISSION LINES, 'WAVEQUIDES SUPPLY LINE. .C.UU:. JUSMR, YAVEGUlllE. DIRECTIIJIAL TRANSMISSICNSLEDNINGER, TD.LEllHING, KABEL, SAK.ESKINNE, B~LGELEDER,
'W AND 'WAVE EQUIPMENT, AERIALS 'W
CHANGE-11\1£R S\ilTCH, DIPOLE AERIAL. PARABDLIC AERIAL. B9lLGELEDERE, ANTENNER RETNINGSDHl<DBLER. DIPDLANTENNE, PARAllDLANTENNE.
TILSLUTNINGER, B¢SNINGER,
x CONNECTIONS, .BUSHINGS, SOCKETS TERMINALS, TEST° IUSHIHG, TERMINAL IDARD, SllLDERING LUG,
SPADE PLUG. MILTl PLUG. CD-llXIAL C!MECTDR.
x SCKLER
TERMINAL, APPARATl<LEMllE, Rl•KKEKLEHHE, PR•VEB•SNING,
ICLEHBRlo.T, LDDIJUUG, SPADESTIK, MULTISTIK, KDAICSIALSTllC.
y ELECTRICALLY OPERATED y ELEKTRISK BETJENTE MEKANISKE BREHSE, l<DBLING, MAGNET- DG MOTORVENT!L.

MECHANICAL DEVICES APPARATER
tIL TERS, CCMPENSATCRS, .AF'SLUTNINGER, FIL TRE,
z LIMITERS
CABLE~
ELECTRICAL F1LTER.
N£TWRK. CIH'ANDER. CRYSTAL nLTER.
z UDLIGNINGER, BEGRlo.NSERE
KABEL-KORREICTIDNSNET, KIJMPANDER, KRYSTALr!LTER,
ELEICTRISK FILTER.
ALL DIGHTS RESERVED
DESIGNEDt JEF871130 CLIENT TITLE DRAIJING NO. REV.NO ..

HI AIR KOREA DRAIJN• BS0871130 LETTER CODE FDR COMPONENTS 2 4 4 4 Q0
1432-11, TAMAN-RI CHILLYE-MYCN ORDER NC,1 . BOGST AVKDDE FDR KOMPONENTER PAGE No.
TELEF' AX• +82 55 346-3501 3/3
G
INSTRUCTIONS
HE
Max.6G0°C
(1220° F}
--
G#=================!J+
Smeltepunkt
Melting point
Schmelzpunkt
Point de fusion
Punto de fusi6n
Punto di fusione
HE Smeltpunt
Sulamisspiste
Fig.1 Fig.2
Varmeveksler, type HE 0.5-8, kan anvendes pa The heat exchanger type HE 0.5-8 can be fitted Die WiirmeaustauscherTyp HE 0.5-8 konnen an
anlreg med fluorerede k01emidler. on plants using fluorinated refrigerants. Anlagen mit fluorierten Kiiltemitteln verwendet
werden.
Dens hovedformal pa k01eanlreg er: When installed on refrigerating plants, the main
• at udnytte sugegassens kuklekapacitet til object of the heat exchanger is An Kiilteanlagen verwendet dienen sie haupt-
underk01ing af k01emiddelvresken. • to utilize the refrigerationcapacityofthesuction siichlich:
• at muligg0re en bedre udnyttelse af fordam- gas to subcool the refrigerant liquid. • zur besseren Ausniitzung der Kiilteleistung
peroverfladen, idet en mindre overhedning pa • to allow improved utilization of the evaporator des Sauggases zum Unterkiihlen der Kiilte-
ekspansionsventilen kan bllades. surface, sincealowersuperheatis permissible mittelfliissigkeit
• atforhindretilrimning og kondensering af vand at the expansion valve. . • zur besseren Ausniitzung der Verdampfer-
pa sugeledning gennem en overhedning af • to prevent frosting·up and condensation of oberfliiche, da eine kleine Uberhitzung am
sugegassen. . ·. . . water on the suction line by superheating the· Expansionsventil statthaft ist ,
• atsikreenfordampningafdesmavreskednMler _;....,•. suction gas. . :-- • · '" · :-,;:,., -/ ·• . • um Bereifen und Kondensieren von Wasser
i sugegassen, sa kompressorens effektivitet ·• • toensureevaporationofanysmallriquiddrops'"' an der Saugleitung, durch Oberhitzen des
for0ges. ·· . · held in the suction gas, resulting in increased · Sauggases zu verhindem ..
HE monteres da som vist i fig. 1. compressor efficiency. • um Verdampfenderkleinen Fliissigkeitstropfen
Varmeudveksleren kan ogsa anvendes som In this case, HE is fitted as shown in fig. 1. im Sauggas sicherzustellen, so dass die
hjrelpekondensatorfor en 1Uftk01et kondensatori Nutzwirkungdes Kompressorsgesteigertwird.
tilfrelde·af overbelastning og monteres To act as an auxiliary condenser for an aircooled HE ist dann so zu montieren, wie in Abb. 1
da i trykr0ret. condenser in the case of overloading. In this case dargestelll
HE is fitted in the delivery pipe.
~~:,~:nteresvilkllrligt Do9staifcie't~'iiledier't Fitting,:, ' ·

. · ·., •·••·. · ,/:'.:.:' ·•e!~~8;e~~~e~e~°:~~s;:e~g;;;~~ H~~~:
altid l121be i modstmm. · . . .. Type HE can be fitted in any position. The tWo flOssiger im Fane von Oberlastung verwendet
F0leren fra en termostatisk ekspansionsventil • media must, howE!\(er, always be in counterflow.·.. werden und ist dann im Druckrohrzu montieren.
skal fastg0res til sugeledningen f0r varme- Thebulbofathermostaticexpansionvalvemust
udveksleren. be fixed to the suction line ahead of the heat Montage
exchanger. HEkann beliebig montiertwerden, doch miissen
llodnlng ska/ foretages efter omvikling med vcid · diebeiden Medien immer in Gegenstrom laufen.
klud. Soldering tobedoneonlyafterwindingwith a wet Der Fiihlereines thermostatischen Expansions-
clo~. . ventils ist vor dem Warmeaustauscher an der
Loddemidler: max. smeltepunkt 660°C Saugleitung zu befestigen.
Maks. till. trylc 28 bar Solders: max. melting point 660°C (1220°F)
Maximum pennissible pressure: Vor dem Ein/Oten muf3 die Lotstelle mit einem
28 bar (400 psig) nassen Lappen umwickelt werden.
Lotmittel: max. Schmelzpunkt 660°C

Max. zul. Druck: 28 bar
©DanfossNS Rl.10.F3:57 ~ Rl.6K.A1.57 07-1999

257
ITALIANO
L'echangeur de chaleur, type HE 0.5-8 peut etre Lo scambiatore di calore, HE 0.5-8, e applicabile Liimmenvaihdin HE 0.5-8 soveltuu laitoksliin
utilise dans les installations fonctionnant awe su impianti con refrigeranti a base di ffuoro. joissa kaytetaan fluorinoituja kylmaaineita
fluides frigorigenes fluores. Usatosu implantofrigoriferiilsuoscopoprincipale Kylmfilaitoksessaliimm6nvaihtimen paatarkoitus
Dans les installations frigorifiques, ii a pour but edi: on:
principal: • utilizzare la capacita refrigerante del gas di • kayttaa hyvaksi imukaasun kylmatehoa neste-
• d'exploiter la capacite de froid des gaz aspirazione per sottoraffreddare ii liquido maisen kylmaaineen alijaahdyttamiseen
d'aspiration pour sous-refroidir le liquide refrigerante • parantaa hOyrystimen pinta-alan hyvaksi-
frigorigene; • rendere possibile una migliore utilizzazione kayttoa. koska pienempi ylikuumennus
• de permettre une meilleure exploitation de la delia superficie delrevaporatore, essendo paisuntaventtiilissa voidaan sallia
surface de l'evaporateur etant donne qu'une ammissibile un basso grado di surriscalda- • estaa veden huurtumisen ja lauhtumisen
faible surchauffe du detendeur peut etre mento della valvoia d'espansione imuputkelle ylikuumentamalla imukaasua
admise; • impedire ii brinamenfo e ii trasudarnento della • varmistaa imukaasussa esiintyilien pienten
• d'empecher le givrage et la condensation sur linea di aspirazione mediante un surriscalda- nestepisaroiden hOyrystymisen, jotta
la conduite d'aspiration par une surchauffe mento del gas di aspirazione kompressorin tehokkuus paranee.
des gaz d'aspiration; • assicurare un'evaporazionedelle goccioline di HE asennetaan tiillOin kuvan 1 osoittamalla
• d'assurer l'evaporation des gouttelettes de liquido def gas di aspirazione e cosi ottenere tavalla
liquide des gaz d'aspiration et d'augmenter un aumento della capacila del compressore. • toimia ilmajaahdytteisen lauhduttimen apuna
ainsi le rendement du compresseur. II tipo HE viene quindi montato come mostra la ylikuormitustapauksissa.
fig.1.
Dans ces cas, monter le type HE comme le
• agisce da condensatore ausHiario su impianti Asentaminen
montre la fig. 1.
con raffreddamento ad aria in caso di HE voidaan asentaa mielivaltaiseen asentoon.
• de sevir de condenseur auxiliaire d'un
sovraccarico. Molempien aineiden on kuitenkin alna virrattava
a
condenseur refroidissement par air, en cas
vastakkaisiin suuntliin.
de surcharge. Montaggio Termostaattisen paisuntaventtiilin tuntoelin
Le type HE est alors monte sur la conduite de II lipo HE puo essere montato in qualsiasi kiinnitetaan imuputkelle ennen lammonvaihdinta.
refoulement. posizione. Tuttavia i due mezzi devono sempre
fluire in controcorrente. Ennenjuottamista onlammonvaihtimen ymparille
Montage II bulbo di una vaivola d'espansione termostalica kiedottava marka kangas, kuva 3.
Le type HE peut etre monte dans n'importe quelle deve essere fissato ·aria linea di aspirazione
position. ·n taut portant que les deux mediums prima dello scambiatore di calore. Juofosaineet: sulamispiste maks. 660°C
a
circulent toujours contre-courant korkein sallittu paine: 28 bar
Le bulbe d'un detendeurthermostatiquedoit etre La brasatura deve tarsi awolgendo un cencio
fixe sur laconduited'aspiration avantl'echangeur umido intomo a/lo scambiatore.
dechaleur.
Leghe sa/danti: Punto di fusione max. 660°C
Le brasage doit etre fait apres avoir enveloppe Massima pressione permessa: 28 bar
/'echangeur de cha/eur d'un chiffon humide.
Produits de brasage:pointdefusion max.: 660°C

Pression max. admissible: 28 bar eff.
De warmte-uitwisselaars HE 0.5-8 kunnen wor-
den toegepast in koelinstallaties, werkend met
halogene koelmiddelen.
El intercambiador de calor tipo HE 0,5-8 se usa Geinstalleerd in koel-, vries- en luchtbehande-

en instalaciones con refrigerantes fluorados. lingsinstallaties bestaat de hoofdtaak van de
Cuando se instala en plantas de refrigeraci6n, el -. warmte-uitwisselaar uit, c.q. resulteert de
-=.- principal objeto def intercambiado es passing ervan in: :·. - . ... .....
• utilizar la capacidad de enfriamieitto def gas • onderkoelingvandevloeistofdoor'gebruikvan •·:
de aspiraci6n para sub-enfriar el liquido refri- de kapaciteit van de «koude• zuiggassen
gerante. • voorkomen van berijping en kondensatie op
• permilir mejorar la utilizaci6n de fa superficie de zuigleiding door oververhitting van de
def evaporador, puesto que se puede permitir zuigga:;sen . .
un recalentamientomas bajo eneipuntodonde • verhogm~ van de kompressorkapacite~ door
se coloca el bulbo de la valvula de expansi6n verdampmg .van de (eventueel nog) tn het
termostatica. zuiggas aanwezige vloeistofdeeltjes.
:~:~:~::a~~:~~rn~=~~:m:n~!~Y ~~~:~itw~~=::;:~~- ·\<· ··-· :'\~f::~\:i:·i}~; ··:;f.t: '.~;.;'.~df}>i:·:x. ,;\1;, .. :.~·,, ,, ::,•.
del gas de aspiraci6n. ·· fig. 1•. _ . . . ; / · ,· ·' · ·
• asegurarlaevaporaci6ndelaspequeiiasgotas'· Bovend.~en kan. de wannt~itwisselaar een --'., ,. , ,>
de lfquido que pueda llevar el gas de ~elangn1ke funktie hebben als. ..
aspiraci6n resultando con esto unaumentode watergekoelde hulpkondensor b1J lucht~e-
la eficiencia del compresor. koelde aggregaten in geval van overbelasting
El lipo HE se monta entonces como se indica van de luchtgekoeld~ kondenso~•.
en la figure N•. 1 Het type HE moet dan m de persle1d1n9 worden
• puede hacer de condensador auxiliar en un gemonteerd.
condensador de aire en case de sobrecarga. Montage
El tipo HE se manta entonces en la tuberfa de Hettype HEkaninelkestandgernonteerdworden,
descarga. waarbij echter de beide media altijd in
tegenstroom met-elkaar dienen le Cirkuleren.
Montaje
El tipo HE se p_uede montar en cualquirposici6n. Devoelervan eenthermostatischexpansievenliel
Sin embargo es necesario que los dos medias moet voor de warmte-uitwisselaar op de zuig-
circuien siempre en contra-corriente. El bulbo Jeiding gemonteerd worden.
de la valvula de expansi6n termostatica se
colocara siempre en la lfnea de aspiraci6n y Bijheetsofderenmoetdewannte-uitwisse- faar
delante del intercambiador de calor. altijd met een natte lap warden omwonden (fig.
La soldadura se hara despues de arrollar un 3).
trapo hUmedo a la conexi6n.
Soldeermiddefen: smeltpunt max. 660°C
Soldaduras: Maximo punto de fusi6n 660°C. Toelaatbare drok: max. 28 bar
Presi6nmaxima permitida:28 barmanometricas.
258
INSTRUCTIONS
KP 1, 1W, 1A, 2, 5, 5A, 7W, 78, 7$
- --
KP 1,2,5, 7 KP1,2,5,7 KP 1A, SA
KP 5
KP1,2,
KP5, 7
0=17mm
( 1 ll, 6in.)
1.i---0=14mm
( g/,sin.)
~·~
M10x0.75 0=14mm
(9/,sln.)
Enclosure IP44
(IEC 529)
max.3mm
{\t8 in)
M4{8-32UNC) Enclosure IP33

(IEC 529)
©DanfossNS Rl.5A.A3.00 OKP 1, 1W, 1A,2,5,73 - 2000

269
0 KP 1, 1A Electrical rating - General
~~ SPOT AC1: 16A DC 11
~·
LR 112A AC3: 16A 400V::. 12W
~g 4 AC 11: 10A 220v::.
Lo~
me~
~Motor
- 16A 1 ~Signal
When used acc. to UL regulations

KP 1W,automatic reset
SPOT ul In .-----.
4 ifferential fixed /fii\,usted refrigeration
Line~~Motor Cut Out ~ controller s1es
- 16A 1 ~~Signal ---Q.Sbarelf (7psig) Voltage FL LR Resist. Pilot
AC DC A A load duty
240 8 48 SA
KP5,5A 3A
SPOT 120 16 96 16A
4 240 12W
. ~ 6--@Signal
L1ne_~
1 6A 1 ~Motor 2::5 Z Use copper wire only
Tightening torque 201b. In.
Automatic reset Manual reset
1.,..-,.s'to~
1...-0•
o2
Test
Test t
~ ·' ··:· ..
KP 1, 1W, 2, S, SA, 7W KP 1, 1A, 5, SA, 7B, 7S
Diff.
KP 1, 1A:0.7 bar (10 psi)
KP 5, SA: 3 bar (4-S pSI)
KP 78, 75: 4 bar (58 PSI)
Stop
KP 1, 1A, 2, S, SA, 7W KP 1, 1A, S, SA, 7B, 7S
Dlff.
Start/Stop 360"6 $
360°6 $
Type Ranae MWP/PB
KP1 --02 ~ 7.5 bar 250psi/17 bar
KP 1, reset --0.9~ 7bar 250 psi/ 17 bar
KP1W 0.5~3bar 250psi/17 bar
KP2 --0.2~5bar 250 psi/ 17 bar
KP5, 7W 8~32bar 460 psi/ 35 bar
KP5, reset 8~32bar 460 psi / 35 bar
KP7B, 75 8~32bar 460 psi/ 35 bar
270
INSTRUCTIONS
EVR 2 - 22, Normally Closed {NC)
EVR 6 - 22, Normally Open (NO)
0..---------------------------'--------~-----------,o
0 0
~ CFC,HCFC,HFC ~
Bl~~~~~ u tJ' u
B
EVA2, EVA4,6, EVR6,
EVA 15 (NC) EVA 15 (NO) EVA 15, 20 (NC)
3 (NC) 8, 10 (NC) 10 (NO)
Earth
Yellow/
~co
Green
a.c. - a.c. - Earth
JL~i++tlQ
EVA2,
=111' II
EVA4,6, EVA6,
u
EVA 15, 18,
11
EVA 15, 20, IPJ _ _ __
3(NC) 8, 10 (NC) 10 (NO) 20, 22 (NC) 22 (NO) 12Wa.c.--:::
20Wd.c._
9 W a.c. r.::::t; t max. 40°C

EVR 2 ~ (1os 0 r)
10/1 2 Wa.c.~ tmax. S0°C EVR

~ (175°r) (NC)
n::'JTl t max. 50°C
20 Wd.c. l.EillJl (t 2oor)
10 w a.~•. ~·me;·;;:~ Lifi:Zlt-+-f--i-----«&;B>----,-'::'c;::,\

i tm1n_-40°C (~40°r)
Min. medium temperature: -40°C (-40°f)
Max. medium temperature: 105 °c(221 ° f)
Max. working pressure:EVR2-10 PB=35bdr
11 Max. working pressure:EVR15-22 PB=32bar
Max. opening dlff. pressure (MOPD):- ~
EVR Nm kpm ft-lbs Tone sit.e

2-3 1.4 0.15 T 15
©DanfossNS 184 Rl.3A.B6.00 02- 2000

90 90 ~
N ~
VI;;
:::~
e;;: ~~ ~2
@
a~ ~~ ~~
0
g
.
.ik
0
_, ~
EVA 2(NC)
EVR3(NC)
~H EVR 6 - 22 (NO)
EVR 4 - 22 (NC)
I~ e-r.i,
.,·:.': :, ,
t
{
.1
.··~
~-
I
EVR 15 - 22 (NC)
. ~~
~~
I~ t:::J
::l~
i§
EVR 15 • 22 (NO)
185
INSTRUCTIONS
RT 2, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 23, 24, 26
(cross ambient)
~·
0 0
.,.,
0 0
U>
en O>
a:
..... a:
.....
....
0
25
T'"
0
RT 4 oc RT 7
•c
•.• n ~
•c RT 2 oc ::
•c
15
oc
2
~
i~
1 ••
u .3 ••
J
15 5 10
- 6 .. 4
7 5 5
5 8
10
15
9
10
II
12 -5
0
--- 6
7
8
13 9
-10
20 "
15
-15
10
11
c 16
17
25 12
18 -20
-c 19 13
20 -25 14
8 A 8
Fig. 2 Fig. 4
~
•
.... Flg.1 Flg.2 Fig. 4
.
I
-
I
RT 12
1~ AC 1 IOl'llDC11~
l p 1.1:-
AC l 1211 ,
IC 15 l.1 1 ~ ll!!Y. <;
51 AC110l'l~l1-
IPICl l.1:-121 "i/
AC 11 2!.1!ll 1W'.
<;
.i1 •c
-20
-15 __ ..,
•c
-5
-4
-3
-2
-----
-1
-10 ---
... 3
0
l?:llp~ls~!iIr!!;~
I
AC 110l' l 1 ~l p 017--0181 -5 -- ~ 4 2
3
l1Yl5VA~=4.t.
0 4
,.._ 5 5
6
5
"' 6 7
i;a:lzp~lsH!im~
IC 1 IOl' ~13 iil 10
0
8
9
12 7
A c B 10 A 83.5
Flg.3 Flg.5 Flg.6
•c RT 14 •c RT 15 oc ~ •c.
30 32 1.5
2 •
i~ 5
30
25 3
28 "'..,
4 26 3
20
.5
24 ... 4
10
15 22
6 20 "' 5
10 18 15
7 16
5 8. 14 " 6
0 9
...>{·
12 "'
O>
7
10 20·
0
8
-SA 810
A c 8
B
22
A
Flg.7 Flg.8
•c RT 7 oc •
~ •c RT 26 •c :;
15 2
3
i~
i.
50
2 I~
.I
10
4 40 5
5 5
6 30
0
7
10
-5 8
20
9
-10
10
10
c
-15 11 15
12
-20 0
13
-25 ·014 -5 819
A A
Flg.10 Flg.11
i~ ~%-18UNf
Pg 13.5 x 5/e in ·18 UNF
614X3009
Flg.12 Pg 13.5 Fig. 13
©DanfossNS
Rl.5E.A2.72 04-1999
420
5
e~ 25
Ii-
10
•c RT 4 RT 7
11 •c •c ::!
•c RT 2 •c
15 2
~~
~I 3
I
15 5 10
17 6 ;c 4
10 7 5 5
16 8
9 6
10 0
18 10 7
11
12 -5 8
19 15
,.
13
-10
9
10
25 20 15
c 16 -15 11
17 12
25 0 18 -20
c 19 13
30 20 -25 . 14
A 9 A 8
Flg.2 Flg.4
Ag.1 Ag.2 Flg.4
RT 8 RT 12
•c •c
-20 -5 ~c ~~
__ ;;; -4
-3
a~
-- --- --
-15
-2 1,5
3 -1
-10 0
1 2
1-::i:::i p 011--0181 -5 --- "' 4 2
:cl: !« !IYA~a.c.=U. 3
0 4 2,5
..... 5 5
6
5
"'
O>
6 7
B
3
10 0
9
12
A c 87 10
A
83,5
Ag.3 Ag.5 Flg.6
•c RT 14 oc ~ •c RT 15 oc ~ •c RT 23 •c =a
t.5~~
30 ~~ 32 5 1
i~
~·
2
30
25 "' 3
28 ..,"'
2
1,5
4 26 3
20
5
24 ... 4
10
22 2
15
6 20 ·;:., j_·,:· ., ...... "' 5
io
7
18 "'..... 15 2,5
16 6
5 8 14 00
12 3
0 c 7
9 10 20
8 0
-5 A 8
10
A c 88 22
A 8
3,5
Ag.7 Ag.8 Flg.9
RT 7 c ·:;X\',:._::·...· .
•c oc ~ 0
15 2 i!~ 50
3 !~
10
4 40
5 5
6 30
0
7
-5 8
20
9
-10
10
10
c
-15 11 15
12
-20 0
13
-25 814 -5 819
A A
Flg.10 Flg.11
1! ~5/s-1BUNf
Pg 13.5 x 5/e in -18 UNF
614X3009
Ag.12 Pg 13.5 Ag.13
421
Tilslutning Iii klemme 1-2: Example: Thermostat RT 2
Kontaktsystemet stutter, nltrtemperaturen erfaidet Range setting (min. actuating temp.)= +10°C
Iii+ 1OOC og bryder, nartemperaturen igen ersteget Differential setting with differential adjusting nut= 5.
Termostater m+22°c. Actual differential = 12°c
Max. actuating temperature = 1O + 12 = 22°C
Tekniske data Generelt gielder, at en drejning plt hltndknappen
automatisk flytter bltde h"jeste og laveste akti- Connection to tenninals 1-4:
Maks.till. The switch breaks the circuit when the temperature
OmrAde f0ler· veringstemp. (bryde og slutte) op eller ned pa grund
Fyldning Type ·c temperalur al den uendrede differens. En drejning pa diffe· has fallen to + 1o•c, and makes it when the
·c rensrullen vii derimod kun endre den h0jeste temperature has again risen to +22°C
RT2 aktiveringstemp.
-25 • +15 +150 Connection to tenninals 1-2:
RT7 The switch makes the circuit when the temperature
RTB -20-+12 +145 has fallen to + 1o•c and breaks it when the
RT12 -5-+10 +6~ Thermostats temperature has again risen to +22°C
Adsorp-
ti on RT14 -5-+30 In general, turning the knob automatically moves
+150 Technical Data
RT15 +8-+32 both the maximum and minimum actuating
Max.per- temperatures (break and make) up or down because
RT23 +5-+22 + 85 Range missible bulb
Charge Type ·c of the fixed differential.
RT24 +15 - +34 +110 temperature On the other hand, turning the differential adjusting
·c nut only alters the maximum actuating temperature.
RT25 -5·+50 +150
.....___
RT2
-25-+15 +150
Omgivelsestemperatur: -50°C Iii +70°C (-50170). RT7 .··~·-
Min. temperaturamdringshastighed RTB -20-+12 +145
< 1K/15 minutter.
Kapsling: IP 66 iht IEC 144. Adsorp- RT12 -5-+10 +65 Termostate
Kontaktbelastning: Se kontaktdekslet eller fig. 3. lion RT14 --5- +30
Merkningen f.eks. 1O (4) A, 400 V - a.c. angiver, at +150 Technische Oaten
RT15 +8-+32
der maks. mlt tilsluttes 10 A ohmsk og 4 A induktiv
RT23 +5-+22 + 85 Max. zul.
belastning ved 400 V. Bereich FOhler-
Den maksimale startstmm ved indkobling al motor RT24 +15-+34 +110 Fiillung Typ ·c temperatur
(LR.) mfl vere op Iii syv gange den induktive RT25 --5-+50 +150
·c
belastning - dog maks. 28 A. RT opfylder
betingelseme i VDE*0660, Pliifklasse II.
•VOE= Verband Deutscher Bektrolechrul<er Ambient temperature: --so·c to +70°C (-50170).
-
RT2
RT7
-25-+15 +150
Min. temperature variation rate:< 1K/15 minutes. RT8 -20- +12 +145
Montering Enclosure: IP 66 to IEC 144. RT12 -5- +10 +65
Benyt monteringshulleme 25. Contact load: See switch cover or fig.3. Adsorp-
F0leren fastg0res plt veggen ved h]elp af en 101er The marking, e.g.10 (4) A, 400 V - a.c. means that lion RT14 -5-+30
+150
holder26. max. connection current is 1O A ohmic and 4 A RT15 +8-+32
0nskes f0leren monteret i en vand- eiler brinetank, inductive at 400 V. The max. starting current on RT23 +5- +22 + 85
kandette udl0resentenmeden kapillarmrspakdltse motor cutin (LR.) may be up to seven times the
31 eller ved hjelp af et dykrl!r 30. inductive load - but max. 28 A. RT24 +15- +34 +110
31 og 30 lean reveres som tilbeh0r. Se ,,Tilbehilr«. RTcomplies with conditions specified in VDE*0660, RT25 -5-+50 +150
Priifklasse II.
El-tilslutnlng. Se fig. 12 -VOE= Verband Deutscher Bektrotechniker
START= slutte. STOP = bryde. DIFF = differens. Umgebungstemperatur:-50°Cbis +70°C (-50T70).
Kabeldiameter: 6 til 14 mm Fitting Min. Temperaturiinderungsgeschwindigkeit:
Jordforblndelse tilsluttes jordskruen 38. Use the mounting holes 25. < 1K/15 Minuten.
The bulb should be fDCed to the wall by means of a Schutzart IP 66 nach IEC 144.
Tllbehur bulb holding bracket 26. · Schaltieistung: Siehe Kontaktdeckel oder Abb.3.
'12 AG kapillarri!rspakdase (pos.31) 017-4220 If it is desired to install the bulb in a water or brine Die Kennzeichnung, z.B.1 O (4) A. 400 V - a.c., gibt
Smi. dykmr for f0lerlengder op Iii tank, this can be done by using either a capillary an, daB bei 400 V maximal 10 A ohm'sche und 4 A
11 O mm (pos. 30) 993N3568 stuffing box 31 or a bulb pocket 30. induktive Belastung angeschlossen werden diirfen.
Sml. dykmr for fillerlamgder op Iii 31 and 30 can be obtained as accessories. See Der maximale Einschaltstrom beim Einschalten
180 mm (pos. 30) 993N3569 "Accessories". eines Motors (LR.) darf bis zum siebenfachen der
Tilbeh0rspose med induk-tiven Belastung betragen - ]edoch max.28 A.
2 stk. fulerklemmer 993N3500 Mains Connection. See fig. 12 RT genogt den Bedingungen !Or Priifklasse II nach
Tilbeh0rspose med f0ierholder Iii START= make. STOP= break. DIFF =differential. VDE0660.
vegmontage,4 stk. kapillaoorsb"jler Cable diameter: 6-14 mm
og 9 stk. 12 mm stifler (pos. 26) 017-4157 The earth tenninal 38 should be connected to earth. Mon.tage ·
Spec. kabelforskruning, Pg 13.5 MontagelOcher 25 benutzen. ··
udv. x 5/1 in - 18 UNF indv. (fig. 13) 614X3009 Accessories Ander Wand wird der Fiihler mil Hille eines Fiihler-
1
/z in BSP capillaiy stuffing box halters 26 befestigt.
lndstllling. Se fig. 1, 2 og 12 (pos. 31) 017-4220 Fiirdie Montage des Fiihlers in einem Wasser-oder
Termostaten lndstllles plt laveste aktlverlngs- Bulb pocket assembly for bulb lengths Soletank kann eine Kapillarrohrstopfbuchse 31 oder
temperatur of up to 11 O mm (pos. 30) 993N3568 ein Tauchrohr 30 verwendet warden.
(omradelndslilling). indslillingen udf"res med hltnd- Bulb pocket assembly for bulb lengths 31 und 30 sind als Zubehor lieferbar.
knappen 5 under samtidig aflesning al hoved of up to 180 mm (pos. 30) 993N3569 Siehe »ZubehOr«.
skalaen 9. Accessory kit with 2 bulb clips 993N3500
Differensen indstilles med differensrullen 19 efter Accessory kit with bulb holding Elektrischer AnschluB. Siehe Abb. 12
det pltgeldende nomogram. bracket for wall mounting, START= SchlieBen. STOP= Offnen.
H"jeste aktiveringsstemperatur er lig summen af 4 capillary tube bows, DIFF. = Differenz.
lndstillingstemperatur og differens. and 9 nails 12 mm (pos. 26) 017-4157 Kabeldurchmesser: 6 bis 14 mm.
Special type screwed cable entry, Die Erdleitung isl an die Erdungsschraube 38 anzu-
Eksempel: Tennostat RT2 Pg 13.5 ext. x 5/1 In -18 UNF inl schleBen.
OmradeindstilHng (laveste aktiveringstemp.) (fig.13) 614X3009
=+ 1o·c. Zubehor
Differensindstilling med differensrullen = 5. Adjustment. See figs. 1, 2 and 12 Kapillarrohrstopfbuchse, A •/, (pos. 31) 017-4220
Opnltet differens = 12°C. Set the thermostat for minimum actuating Komplettes Tauchrohr !Or Fiihler-
H"jeste aktiveringstemperatur = 10 + 12 = 22°C. temperature (range setting). Setting is done by liingen bis zu 11 O mm (Pos.30) 993N3568
rotating the knob 5, at the same time reading the Komplettes Tauchrohr !Or Fiihler-
Tilslutnlng til klemme 1-4: main scale 9. liingen bis zu 180 mm (Pos. 30) 993N3569
Kontaklsystemet bryder, nltrtemperaturen erfaldet The differential is set by rotating the differential Zubehorbeutel mit 2 Stck. FOhler-
til + 1o•c og slutter, nAr temperaturen igen er steget adjusting nut 19 according to the nomogram kiemmen 993N3500
Iii +22°C. concerned. Zubehorbeutel mil FOhlerhalter fiir Wand-
Maximum actuating temperature is the sum of the montage, 4 Stck. Kapillarrohrbiigeln
temperature setting and the differential. und 9 Stck.12 mm-Stiften (Pos. 26) 017-4157
422
Besondere Kabelverschraubung, Pg 13.5 Raccordement e!ectrique. Protecci6n: IP 66 segun IEC 144.
aussen x 5/e in - 18 UNF innen Voirfig. 12 Carga de los contactos: vease tapa del termostato
(Abb. 13) 614X3009 START= enclencher. ofigura3.
STOP = dectencher. la inscripci6n, por ejemplo 10 (4) A, 400 V - c.a
Einstellung. Siehe Abb. 1, 2 und 12 DIFF. = differentiel. significa quela corriente de conexi6n maxima es de
Der Thermostat ist auf die untere Ansprech- a
Diametre du cable: 6 14 mm. Raccorder la mise a 10Aconcargoohmicayde4Aconcargoinductiva,
temperaturelnzustellen (Bereichseinstellung). Die terre a la vis 38. a400V. .
Einstellung erfolgt mil dem Einstellknopf 5 unter La corriente de arranque maxima en el momento de
gleichzeitigem Ablesen der Hauptskala 9. Die Accessoires la conexi6n def motor (L.A.) puede ser de hasta 7
Differenz wird mit der Differenzrolle 19 au! Grund Presse-etoupe capillaire tube gaz '/, veces la corriente con cargo inductiva (max. 28 A}.
des jeweiligen Nomogramms eingestellt. Die obere (pos. 31) 017-4220 RT satisface las condiciones estipuladas en VOE*
Ansprechtemperatur isl gleich der Summe von Tube plongeur assemble pour longueurs 0660, dase de prueba II.
Einstelltemperatur und Differenz. de bulbe jusqu'a 110 mm (pos. 30) 993N3568 ·-Voe= Vert>and Deutscher Elektrotechniker
Tube plongeur assemble pour longueurs
Belspiel: Thennostat RT 2 de bl.llbe jusqu'a 180 mm (pos. 30) 993N3569 Montaje
Bereichseinstellung (untere Ansprechtemperatur) Sac a accessoires avec 2 plnce-bulbe 993N3500 Utilice los orificlos de montaje 25.
=+1o•c. Sac a accessoires avec porte-bulbe pour El bulbodebesujetarse en la pared por medio de un
Differenzeinstellung mit der Differenzrolle = 5. montage mural,4 colliers de capillaire soporte purta-butbo 26.
Erreichte Differenz = 12°C. et 9 goupilles de 12 mm (pos. 26) 017-4157 Sise desea montar el bulbo en un deposito de agua
Obere Ansprechtemperatur = 1O + 12 = 22•c. Raccord de cable special, Pg 13,5, O de salmuera, esta operaci6n puede realizarse
5 utilizando una caja prensa-estopa para tubo capilar
ext. "' /e in - 18 UNF int. (fig. 13) 614X3009
AnschtuB an Klemmen 1-4: 31 o un protector de bulbo 30.
Das Kontaktsystem offnet, wenn die Temperatur Reglage. Voir fig. 1, 2 et 12 Los elementos 31 y 30 pueden ser obtenidos como
auf +10°C abgefallen ist, und schtiesst, sobald die Reglerlethermostatsurlatemp.d'actlonnement accesorias. Vease •Accesorios•.
Temperatur wieder auf +22°C angestiegen isl la plage basse (reglage de fa plage). Faire le
reglage au moyen du bouton 5, en lisant Conexlon a la red de alimentaci6n
AnschluB an Klemmen 1-2: simultanement t'echelle principale 9. Vease fig. 12
Das Kontaktsystem schlieBt, wenn die Temperatur a
Regler le differentiel l'aide du rouleau differentiel START =cierre. STOP =abertura. DIFF =diferencial.
auf +10°C abgefallen ist, und offnet, sobald die 19 d'apres le nomogramme considere. Diametro de cable: 6-14 mm.
Temperatur wieder auf +22°C angestiegen ist. la temperature d'actionnement la plus elevee est Elterminal de tierra 38 ha de ser conectado a tierra.
ega}e a la somme de la temperature de reglage et
Allgemeln gilt Beim Drehen des Einstellknopfes du differentiel. Accesorios
wird sowohl die obere als auch die untere Caja prensa-estopa para tubo capilar
Ansprechtemperatur (Offnen und SchlieBen) Example: Thermostat RT 2 't. pulg. BSP (ref. 31) 017-4220
automatisch um den gleichen Wert verstellt, weil die Reglage de la plage (temp. d'actionnement la plus Conjunto de protector de bulbo para
Differenz unveriindert ist. basse) = + 10°c. bulbo de hasta 110 mm de largo
Beim Drehen der Differenzrolle wird dagegen nur Regtagedudifferentielal'aide du rouleaudifferentiel (ref. 30) 993N3568
die obere Ansprechtemperatur veriindert. =5. Conjunto de protector de bulbo para
Differentiel obtenu = 12•c. bulbos de hasta 180 mm de largo
Temperature d'actionnement la plus eleves = 10 + (ref. 30) 993N3569
12=22·c. Conjunto de accesorios con dos grapas
para bulbo 993N3500
Thermostats Raccordement aux bomes 1 - 4: Conjunto de accesorios con soporte
Le systeme de contact ouvre le circuit electrique porta-bulbo para montaje en la pared,
Caracteristiques techniques quand la temperature est descendue ii+1o·c et le 4 abrazaderas para tubo capilar y 9
ferme quand la temperature est remontee a +22°C. clavosde12mm(ref.26) 017-4157
Temperature
Plage debulbe Entrada de cable roscada de topo
Charge Type ·c max. admiss. Raccordement aux bomes 1 - 2: especial, Pg 13.5 ext x 5/e pulg.
·c Le systeme de contact ferme le circuit electrique -18 UNF int(fig. 13) 614X3009
RT2 quand la temp. est descendue a +10°C et l'ouvre
>----
RT7
-25-+15 +150 a
quand la temp. est remontee +22°C. Reglaje. Veanse figuras 1, 2 y 12 .
Ajustar el termostato a la temperatura de · ·
RT& -20-+12 +145 En general, en tournant le bouton manuel, on acclona-·
RT12 -5-+10 +65 deplace automatlquement vers le haut ou vers le mlento minima (ajuste de gama). El reglaje se
Adsorp- bas tant la temperature d'actionnement la plus hace glrando el bot6n 5 y observando al mismo
lion RT14 -5-+30 elevee que celle la plus basse (de coupure et de tlempo la escala principal 9. la diferencial se regula
+150
RT15 +8- +32 fermeture) car la valeur du differentiel reste ha clendo girar la tuerca de ajuste de diferencial 19
inchangee. · de acuerdocon las lndicaciones del nomograma en
RT23 +5-+22 + 85
cuesti6n.
RT24 +15-+34 +110 Un mouvement du rouleau differential ne fait varier, la temperatura de accionamiento mflxlma es la su-
RT25 -5-+50 +150 par centre, que la temp. d'actionnement la plus ma del ajuste de temperatura y de la diferencial.
:·'·:.'.
elevee. .., .·:. Ejemplo: Tennostato RT 2 ....·... ·. .:
Ajuste degama (temperatura de acclonamiento ml~
Temperature amblante: -so•c ii +70°c (-50T70). nima} = +10"C.
ESPANOL
Vltesse mlnlmale de changement de temperature: Regulacic5n de la diferencial par medio de la tuerca
< 1K/15 minutes. de ajuste de diferenclal en la marca = 5.
Etancheite: IP 66 selon IEC 144. Termostatos Diferencial real = 12•c.
Charge des contacts: Voir le couvercle de contact Temperatura de acclonamiento max. = 10 + 12 =
OU la fig. 3. Caracteristicas tecnlcas 22·c.
La marquage de, par example, 10 (4) A, 400 V -
c.a., lndique qu'au maximum, ii est admls de Temperatura
Gama maxima permi- Conexi6n a los bomes 1-4:
raccorder une charge ohmique de 10 A et une Carga Tipo ·c sible def bulbo El tnterruptorabre et circuito cuando la temperatura
charge Inductive de 4 A sous 400 V. ·c. ha dismlnuldo hasta +10°C, y lo. clerra cuando la
Lecourantdedemarragemaximal iifenclenchement RT2 temperatura ha subldo de nuevo hasta 22•c.
du moteur (LR.) est admis ii sept fois la charge
inductive - toutefois au maximum de 28 A.
-RT7 -25- +15 +150
Conexlon a los bomes 1-2:
RT accomplit les prescriptions des normes VOE* RT& -20-+12 +145 El interruptorclerra el clrcuitocuando la temperatura
0660, classe d'essal II. RT12 -5- +10 +65 ha disminuido hasta +10°C y lo abre cuando la
• VOE = Verband Deulsc:her Elektrotechnlker Adsor- tempe-ratura ha subldo de nuevo hasta +22°C.
(Association des lng6nleurs Electricfens Allemands). ci6n RT14 -5-+30
+150
RT15 +8-+32 En general, hacienda girar el boton, las
Montage temperaturas maxima y minima de accionamiento
RT23 +5·+22 + 85
Utiliser les trous de montage 25. (abertura y cierre) se desplazan ambas
Ftxer le bulbe sur la paroi ii l'aide d'un portebulbe RT24 +15- +34 +110 automaticamente hacla arriba o hacia abajo debido
26.Si on desire monter le bulbe dans un bac eau a RT25 -5- +50 ,i-150 a la diferencial fija. Por otra parte haciendo girar la
ouiisaumure,utifisersoitunpresse-etoupecapillalre tuerca de reglaje de diferencial, solamente cambia
31 soil un tube plongeur 30. Temperatura ambiente: -so·c a +70°C (-50T70). la temperatura de acclonamlento maxima.
31 et 30 peuvent etre livres comme accessoires. Velocidad mfnima de variacion de la temperatura
Voir: «Accessolres... <1Kl15min.
423
Massima temperatura di funzionamento = 1O+12 = Speciale kabefinvoer met wartel Pg 13.5
·.·~ 22°c. uitw. x 5/o in• -18 UN F inw. (fig. 13) 614X3009
Termostati Collegamento ai tenninafi 1 - 4: lnstelling. Zie fig. 1, 2 en 12

L'interruttore interrompe ii circuito quando la De therrnostaat moet worden afgesteld op de
Dati tecnici temperatura ascesa a+10°C, e to chuide quando la minlmale schakeltemperatuur (bereikinstelling).
temperatura a nuovamente salita a +22°C. De installing vindt plaats door verdraaiing van de
Massima tern- knop 5, waarbij gelijktijdig de hoofdschaal 9
Campo peratura per-
Garica TIpo ·c messa al bulbo Collegamento ai terminali 1 - 2: afgelezen word!.
·c L'interruttore chiude ii circuita quando la temperatura De differentie word! ingesteld door verstelling van
RT2
,...___
a scesa a +10°C e lo interrompe quando la de differentie-instelmoer 19 en wei met behuip van
-25-+15 +150 e
temperatura di nuovo salita a +22°C. het betreffende nomogram. De maximum schakel-
RT7 temperatuur is de som van temperatuurbereik-
RT8 -20-+12 +145 In generale, girandoilpomello(5),automaticamente instelling en de differentie.
RT12 -5-+10 si muovono sla la temp~atura di funzionamento di
Assor- +65
massima che quella di minima In su o in giu per via Voomeeld: thennostaat RT 2
bimento RT14 -5- +30 del differenziale fisso. Bereikinstemng (min. schakeltemperatuur) =
+150
RT15 +8- +32 D'altra parte, girando la ghiera di regolazione del +10°C.
differenziale si modifica solamente la massima Differentie-instelling door middel van moer = 5.
RT23 +5- +22 + 85
temperatura di funzionamento. Werkelijke differentie = 12·c.
RT24 +15-+34 +110 Max. schakeltemperatuur = 10 + 12 = 22°C.
RT25 -5-+50 +150
Aansluiting op de punten1-4:
Temperaturaambiente: da-50°C a+70°C (-50T70). Het kontaktsysteem verbreekt de stroomkring als
Min. variazione di temperatura: <1Kl15 min. Thermostaten de temperatuur gedaald is tot + 1o•c en maakt als
Protezione: IP 66 a nonne IEC 144. de temperatuur weer tot +22°C is gestegen.
Carico contatti: indicate sul coperchio dello stesso Technische gegevens
contatto fig.3. Aansluiting op de punten 1-2:
Esempio di marcatura: 10 (4) A, 400 - c.a. significa Max. He! kontaktsysteem maakt de stroomkring als de
Bereik toelaatbare
che alla tensione di 400 Vii contatto puo' sopportare Vulling Type ·c voelertemp. temperatuur gedaald is tot + 1o•c en verbreekt ais
un massimo di 10 a omico e 4 A induttivi. ·c de temperatuur weer tot + 22°C is gestegen.
La corrente di spunto (LR.) puo' essere calcolata
RT2
per un massimo di sette volte ii carico induttivo ~
-25 - +15 +150 Algemeen: Verdraaiing van de knop verplaatst
(max. 28A). RT7 automatisch zowel de maximale als de minimale
e
RT omologatosecondononne VOE• 0660, Classe ATS -20-+12 +145 schakeltemperatuur (verbreken en maken) naar
II. boven en beneden, tengevolge van de vaste
Adsorp- RT12 -5- +10 +65
•voE = Verband Deutscher 8ektrotechnlker differentie. Verdraaiing van de differentie-
tie RT14 -5-+30 instelmoer daarentegen,verandert alleen de
+150 maximum sc_hakeltemperatuur.
Montaggio RT15 +8-+32
Usare i fori di fissaggio 25.
RT23 +5-+22 + 85
11 bulbo dovra essere flssato alla parete per mezzo
di una staffa di sostegno 26. Se sl desidera install are RT24 +15-+34 +110
ii bulbo in un serbatoio di acqua o di salamoia, RT25 -5-+50 +150
questo si puo fare usando un premistoppa per Termostaatteja
capillare 31 o una guaina 30. 31 e 30 si possono Omgevingstemperatuur: -50°C tot +70°C
avere come accessori. Riferirsi a «Accessori». (-50T70). Tekniset tiedot
Min. temperatuurvariatie: < 1K/15 minuten.
Suurin san.
Collegamenti principali. Vedere fig. 12 Dichtheidsklasse: IP 66 volgens IEC 144. Alue tuntoelin-
START= attacca. STOP= stacca. DIFF. = differen- Contactbelasting: zie dekselvan contactsysteem of Tliy!Os Mani ·c 1a.~got.
ziale. fig.3.
Diametro del cavo: 6-14 mm.
II terrninale terra 38 dovrebbe essere collegato a
massa.
v.
Bijv.10 (4) A - a.c. 400 betekent max.10 a niet-
inductieve belasting en 4 A inductieve belasting bij
een aansluitspanning van 400 V. .
De maximale aanloopstroom bij het inschakelen
. -
RT2
R T7
RT8
-25-+15
-20-+12
+150
+145
Accessorl van de motor(LR.) mag maximaal7 code inductieve
Premlstoppa per capillare da 1/2 in belasting bedragen (max. 28 A). Adsorptio- RT12 -5- +10 +65
BSP (pos. 31) 017-4220 RT voldoet aan de voorschriften volgens VOE" taytos RT14 -5-+30
+150
Guaina completa per bulbi con 0660. Beproevingsklasse IL RT15 +8-+32
lunghezza lino a 11 o mm (pas. 30) 993N3568 •VOE = Verband Deutscher 8ektrotechnlker RT23 +5-+22 + 85
Guaina completa per bulbl con
lunghezza lino a 180 mm (pos. 30) 993N3569 Montage RT24 +15-+34 +110
Serie di accessori con 2 fennagli Gebruik de bevestigingsgaten 25. RT25 -5-+50 +150
per bulbo • · · .· · · · · 993N3500 .· Devoelermoetaan de muurbevestigdworden door
Serie di accessori con staffa di middel van voelerklem 26. ·Ymparistoo lampotila: -so·c:.. +1o•c (-50T70).
sostegno del bulbo per montagglo a Is montage van devoelerln een water-of pekeltank Pienin lamp0tilan muuttumisnopeus:
parete, 4 graffette per tubo caplllare, gewenst, dan kan dit plaatsvinden met behulp van < 1K/15 mlnuuttia
e 9 chiodi da 12 mm (pos. 26) 017-4157 een stopbus 31 of een dompelbuis 30. Kotelolnti: IP 66, IEC 144.
Pressacavi avvitati speciali di entrata, 31 en 30 zijn leverbaar als toebehoren. Zie hiervoor Kosketinkuonnitus: Katso kosketinlaitteen kantta
Pg 13,5 est ao 5/e in - 18 UNF int "Toebehoren«. tal kuvaa3.
(fig.13) 614X3009 Merklntii esim. 10 (4) A, 400 V - a.c. tarkoittaa ettii
Aansluiting. Zie fig. 12 saadaan kytkea maks. 10 a ohminen Ja 4 A
Regolazione. Vedere figure 1, 2e12 START= maken. STOP= vemreken. DIFF. = diffe- indukUivlnen kuonna 400 V.
Regolate ii termostato per una temperatura rentie. Maksiml kiiynnistysvirta, moottorla kytkettaessa
mlnlmadifunzlonamento(regolazionedelcampo). Kabeldoorsnede: 6 - 14 mm. (LR.), saa olla jopa seitsemiin kertaa induktiivinen
La regolazione sl ta girando ii pomello5, e leggendo De aardaansluiting 38 moet met aarde vemonden kuonna - kuitenkin maks. 28 A.
. contemporaneamente la scala principale 9. warden. RT tayttiia VOE* 0660, koestusluokka ll:n maa-
II differenziale ii regolato girando la ghiera per la raykset
regolazione del differenziale 19 secondo ii relativo Toebehoren ·voE = Verband DeU1scher Elektrotechnlker.
nomogramma Stopbus voor kapiilaire leiding, aanslui-
La temperatura masslma di funzionaminto e la ting 1/z in BSP (pos. 31) 017-4220 Asen nus
somma della regolazione della temperatura e del Dompelbuis voor voelerlengten tot Kayta kiinnitysreikia 25.
differenziale. 11 O mm (pos. 30) kompleet 993N3568 Tuntoelin kiinnitetiian seinalle tuntoelinpidikkeella
26. . ..... .
Dompelbuis voor voelerlengten tot
Esemplo: Tennostato RT 2 180 mm (pas. 30) kompleet 993N3569 Mikiili tuntoelin halutaan asentaa vesi- tai suola-
Regolazione del campo (temp. minima di funziona- Set toebehoren met 2 voeterldemmen 993N3500 liuossiiiliOOll, voidaan se suorittaa kaytttamalla joko
mento) = +10"C. Set toebehoren met voelerklem voor kapillaariputken tiivistesarjaa 31 tai upotusputkea
Regolazione della ghiera del differenziale = 5. wandmontage, 4 bevestigingsklemmen 30.
Differenziale corrispondente = 12°c. voor de kapillaire leiding en 9 spijker 31 ja 30 voidaan toimittaa lisatarvikkeina. Katso »Li
tjes 12 mm (pas. 26) 017-4157 satarvlkkeet«.
424
Siihkoliitiintii. Katso kuva 12
START= kytkee. STOP= katkaisee. DIFF = ero.
• ff' ·&t
'it T;fi~:tlllftft~(zS)HE.,"'Cit!tlJHit :t"t. -l~ -~--~~ ;..~_;r;~~~ 7:f'i'
Kaapelin lapimitta: 6-14 mm.
Maadoitusjohto kytketaiin maadoitusruuviin (38). ~as1:t~#Ji17":;;~,, • CZ6)~J:..,1'.it1:'1c.1J+t Millt. c;iropoc:rb M3M8HBltMR TGMneparypbl:
< 1K/15 Mtttjr. . . .
lt:t1". ·.a=..f:i:itl:t7"7-1' ~. ?::r91.:i!t1";DS CTellSltbnnontOCT1CIP66comactt01EC144
Lisatarvikkeet . -:il'~l>t6~1:t.· ~~·1::7i1.1- .. :.:.!'7.. ;1.."1'"7-1
1/2in R kapillaariputken tilvistesaria
; ,.- .,,-,r.·.,,
'? x(3J}JZ.r:tll!:ll.llt!H¥illtf(30) ~ftlll L ;t l<otrraKmaR tcarPy3Kll: CM. KOHTmmtYK> t<pbllllKy MJlll
(Pos. 31) 017·4220 pltc.3 .
Upotusputki iayd., 110 mm:n pituisille T. MapKl1J)OBKll, ttanpllMep 10 (4) A, 400 B - nepeM. T.,
tuntoelimille asti (pos. 30) 993N356_8 . s·rfr•.n.i.:."?~-1~0 ~Maei', 4TO MBKCMManbllO AonycTMi.toe
Upotusputki tiiyd., 180 mm:n pituisille "f10AKlllO'KIHll8roKa np11400 8-10 AOMM'le<;KOfO H 4 A
M • : #il2fli!#llll
tuntoellimille asti (pos. 30) 993N3569 '~ .
Tarvikepussi sisiiltiien 2 kpl tuntoelimen _.s T A:R T=ii!ill&tA, ST O P=li!lllll:S;
kiristimia 993N3500 DI FF=7"7"Tv_:;>;...~1i.. MOHTAJK
Tarvikepussi sisiiltiien tuntoelinpidikkeen ~~01'Bllpcnffl(25).
seiniiasennukseen,4 kpl kapiil.putken ~e. 3118~ 3a1<p9nns110T Ha CTell8 A!lPlKBBKOii ·
pidikkeitaja9kpl12mm:nnupeja 017-4157 7-7...?-'<-+,i.. (38) :-r-xfi!tltlll 'l)'BCTB. 3nmarra (26).
Kaapelillivisteruuvi, erikoismalli, Pg 13,5 · . tt ·• · A f:c.iut 'fYDCre." :ine"lfflHT xom yCTBHOBH'Tb a 6aKe
ulkokierre co 5/a in -18 UNF sisiikierre 1/~ •· · · · 110Ab1 MnH paccOna, 3TO MOllOiO 8b100/00ITio C llOMO-
(kuva 13) 614X3009 ,,,;.. 8 S.P ~~ ~::> •r+ ...
-7" ···;t.? 7 .;- ::r':7"J!C.,,_
lljblO Kopo&ol, yMCm!ll~ KBl1MflJlllPffY Tpy('iKy
. ? A. (31) 00
017~422(r
• • • • . . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · . '• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
(31) 11m• norpyiKEIHHOii TJiy6KoA (30). ·
Asettelu. Katso kuvat 1, 2 ja 12 11&1:.•~•'lf (3ol ' ·' · . · .. (31) II · (30) MOl')"f · 110CT8BllllTbe!I K8K npl1HSAM1K·
Tennoataattl asetellaan matalimmalle toiminta- (~ill.IU~ ~ u- ~ "C') ····:····: ••,,,;'.:_g!JaN 3568 HOCTM. ~ •!!pl!HaAOOll<liocTM•. : .
liimp0tllalle (alueasettelu). Asettelu suoritetaan
kiertamiillii nuppla 5 ja vastaava lukema niihdiiiin
piiiiasteikolta 9. Eroasetenaan kiertiimiillii erorullaa
·=·~••';(30)
(SIUllR:~i80..t-'t') ···"'-·····'·······993N3569
.. 311EkTPOcoE,qMHEHMH. cM. pMc. 12
. blE<llKE =' llOAK'1IO'ialfo, SToP =·8b1K11icl'leH.
19 asianomaisen nomogrammin mukaan. Korkein ~il:I.- 9 •J·;. -.t2tll ··,·'·~·: o.993N~00
••••
00
•• .. •••••••
DIFF. = ~11811. .
toimintaliimpotila on asetteluliimptitiian ja eron ~nl.1*1i:it7":f :,. ....· .. (26) -··•., .. : ..•. :.. : ... :17-,157 . JIKaM8'TJ> KaC!eneA: 6pp14 MM.
sum ma. 3ilseMneHllO ~ K m1H1Y 3a3eMl19Hlll'I
: (!lliiillltffltm;.,.~..,.~- .1- .9*"'12-1:::.-tt> · (38). .
Esimerkki: Terrnostaatti RT 2 *-;;#f-7'.11-1!; I· •J-: (!!UDi°r .. 6llX45"7
Alueasettelu (matalin toimintaliimptitila) oo 10°C. = (PgU.5ext. x !lfjln-18U N Flnt.)
nPMHAA11E1KtfQC1lt'
Eroasettelu erorullalla 5. = -~AG .<op06Ka AAA yiinonieH11A
Saavutettu ero = 12•c. " ·. • : 11n.11D: ·2.r11i,; 12121•Ml.: ', tjly6KM (l'I03. 31) . 017-4220
Korkein toimintaliimptitila = 10 + 12 = 22°C. u·~ 'tt-:ex,t-.,,_~·-.-,,·~-c::.: C06p: ~ll>'Y6kaAM
· 'lyecmL anlllfeKTOB AllllHOll AO 110
~L.n·. ~l:t;i;;r.~-ii;.{J)">ll.lll!t-"!f,.t,.>:t ;aj(riOa. 30) . . . . 993N3568
Johtimien liitiintii ruuveihin 1 - 4:
Kosketinlaite katkaiaee, kun liimpotila on laskenut f1<&.-?:t.i;.( S):f:liiJL·t11l''it-);;l:t·~ 7"77 ~_;;·$, Co6p::·norpyllf.ll--rpy6KBAM.
+ 10°C: een ja kytkee, kun liimptitila on taas noussut .,.Jl,f;t j -'£:.,,.7.i.l:llt·;-c:;~v~ ::r;,.,..n:.11i2 ..... 'l)'8CT1I. 3ne..eHToe AJ1llllO" p,o 180
MU (n<iii.•aO): .-'
+22°C: een. -r ... "(l9)€:1iill."Cfr>:t~,ll<~~: .
KyireK O 2 WT. 311lKMMOB. '4)1BCT9.
Johtimien llitiintii ruuveihin 1 · 2: a•ft!au=amu+·-H~,i::;?-::~11- 3111!MeHTII
Kosketinlaite kytkee, kun liimpotila on laskenut tt :. ..,.-~~? RT 2 !I! . •,1 ~ KynOK c ,quplK8lll(Di! A- CTett. MOlt- . -::·-:~:
+ 1o•c: een ja katkaisee, kun liimpdtila on taas ~i:.tlt <.,J..fl'llrilUr:l = + urc . · 1'8l!Cii 4 WT, a«i6 Kanllll.-ypy6iClt .
noussut+22°C:een. '1'77 vYS.-:\"lt-lllltl!iH-7 ~'t"~To.,..7T v::r 119 WT.12 U.. ~e (!103. 26) .. ·.01i-f.1iii
Cne4. 6onT.C08,Jll'llelfMI, Pg 13,.5
s--~ n:-ltii!n!f,;,; s' ' · -~ x%1n·-l8UNFBHY1Jl•. . ·.... . .. .
Ylelsesti piitee, ettii siiiitOnupin kiertiiminen slirtiiii ~
automaattisesti sekii korkeinta ettii matalinta toi- ~l!i,\U>~7'7' v:.-S---\-1v.=l2"C ~13) . -~·x~
mintaliimpCitilaa (katkaisua ja kytkentiiii) ylostai ala- -·~M:=10+12=22'C . HAc'rPOAKA.CM.l)MC.1,2M1:il ·. ···:·
spiiin, koska erorullan asettelua el muutettu. tlJiiO:lll····-···" ?...:.:;1- Jt,: h 4.: 0
·:, , .
TlipMocru fllCTPllMBalC!T -MB . ~ ' HIDlq!O
Erorullan kiertiiminen muuttaa sen sijaan vain kor-
keinta tolmintaliimpOlllaa. .. · *
·ta«~+1o"C "t'Tt>·~ G :i.-1·-,,..,.i:t11a•li•. Tllilne"7YPJ AQiCTDM,._. tHla1lJC)ibal AM8Jll130lf8.),
i.1..11t:bf1&u+2n::t 1."J:.lf.:t.C: ~-~rl€:M.!:.'i r .. , ,qstA HllCq)Ol\lol cnpan- ICl!()l1IC3 (S)llJlM ~
HOM<m:'f619Ha.~uncan8 (9).~
tl.Ail"t:t·-···-··-?-a 'fi1v.1-2: . ~H8Bnl1B8IOT poll!lkOU ~qHa/111 (19) 00 •
COO'l1I. HONIJIP8MMO. HM8blCllllU1 T~
__.,.
ia:11<+1o"C.* ~-~A ~+1:t111.&~11!1;.
<:':Tb<i
l:Jlr:b•NIF+22"C ll ~..1:.Jl.T o l: tillH:,111~ ll: i"~
Aell!mlMll pae11a CVf"'M' ~ ~e-
pa.Typbl H~ · •. '• ...
.,,
-f'41'.-~
st
!II· st illllC!llle.
-···
m.111.ite
1"7r'-'=--~~~*·~~~~~?~h~~L
:Ct..». ~~<llllifill). l:tt.-N'lllllHCiii
-npiwep:TepMOCraTRT2
~acrpoiKll, A"81183Q111l
~=+10'0 .
(C8M&ll HM31<811 ~ '
· ·
. .
-~~MA~=·~
.. n-m> .,,iij1i~l1l-C:Ll<'Li1"•..
;;t:':f Rr2
-RT7 -25:+15. +150 fll'11, 7'7Y.'v::-v•Mlll!l-h• 1-Q);,.:t-li!!L~tA
~tttllift'llll01't.!lt~ft L ll f. ~-18Mll8P·A8AcraMii= 10:t12 ='22'C·:· '.
RT8 -20·+12 :+145
!fl
f+-f>.
• R1'12 - S· +10 + 65 ·-.~
~K3lllKllM8M1-4;·. ·:.
Koffr8K1tllllll Cl!Cn!UB pam.nca9I' 8C111t TIIMn. ynan&
pp +10'C 113llMWIC88t eqmc_ nlMn<JlllffTb noabllllll18Cb
.. R1'14 - s-+30 TepMocT8Tbl AO +22!'.C- . .: .. . .. .. ... .. .. -
+150
R1'15 + 8·+32 TexHM'O;~E MH.~~·E f'k?~.11~.;.1-~: .·'.. . . . ...
RT·IS . +·5·+22· + 85 M8KC.·AOft.
K<iiiTIIKTilaAl:llC1'eM838MbQ(llln'OCMTeMll.ynanapp
+10'C M ~e't ec111ueun. Ol1ll1'b noablCKllllCI>
RTM +15·+34 .:. .. +11C1 . J\Mall"°" ~ A0+22"C. . ,. . '. -· ··:: : .· . . ·.•
T1111 •. - "C. 'lyacTS. oneM.
Rr2e - 5·+50 +150 .. "C ·'.. 06m"9 ....,......,.,, ~ 'IOIODIOI 8BT0Ma-
~···-: -60"C-+70'C.(-MT~ ~ -:-25·+15 :t-150

. 11N8C11i1 nepecT8'l1llllT M IA>ICWylO II HMSUJYIO TI!Mll,
A8ACTllMSI {paaMb1K88'1' 11 311Ub1K118T) aaepx MM BHll3
••J•~Rfl:*: < 1 K/t5• "' Rli1:•. '·.' . M3-S8H8M3r.ietlilttttoro~ . · '• .
JlflatlO>llH&: IECt44CDIP(l6.. 1lo9oPor -~ · poilMKll TOllbKo.
•M: '.:it-.,.,.~:IJ~'c-i,,a~t-~CUUll!lltll ~-8" :·-2o.-.+12. •'. 113N8HAerlAIMBblCWylo TIIMf19P81YPY Aelk:TBlul,. .
ftff.t1>10(4JA,400V ... a.c.~ l:t, :a:*#IM11UE400V &:: " RT12· ;.;-_ '6·+10 .. "• +·65
.tHtoft*ltitlOA{tl£fltA:m) 11 .1:·~4 A (Bil • . -~· Rr1~- -. s-+ao
aanonH. +·150
1!1i)G?ft't'1". ~if.IH:-?">."-{ -i-1- · 8~+32
.. ·. R,f 15 +
<;Jti:llt"> 1 fill: ;t -r:-ll L ;t 'f'. ·:. ·
!!l:J."*• ·a°" r, irr~ .+ s-+22.
C:a:*tlU&A ~~-.(~,if-: 011-4240» · · ..., . ('IT24 +15·+~,:- +110 .
;t..-f-,, +n. VDE•0660, ·Prifkl~sseD i:f!'it!lL "C· :. " Rf26 _,•15. +50 +150.
? ( i>tl."'Ch:lf'•.
425
INSTRUCTIONS
RT 4, 11, 17, 34
g~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--.g
Ill Ill
O> O>
a: a:
t: ~ --1-------5 t:
0 - ~~ 0
~~ ~~
i•
RT 4"'
9 •c •c
0.8
1
Differens
2 Differential
I
Dlfferenz
3 Differential
Diferencial
4 Differenzlale
Ero
~7T V;., ~ -t" I\,.
5
Alfcj)clJepeH14&11
6
~ 7
Rg.1 Rg.2
RT 11 + 13 RT 17 RT 34
oc oc ~ oc oc " oc oc
-3 tn -so 1.sl~
2 • 15 2 ~
~
I ~'
-25 10
2 3 4
-40 5
-20
3 4 0
-15 6
-10
...c 4 -30
5
-5
8
-10
5 -c
6 . . ·.:· -ts
-20 10
·· .. <i':,;· •.
6 -ts 7 -20
B A B
-25 12
Rg.3 Rg.4 Rg.5
···,·-:·'
~!<• d._ 614X3009

~ \::~%-18UNf
Pg 13.5
'-==i JI 017-ot81 Rg,7

a3 UV 25VA--.a.c.=d.t.
~ ~
;v-rr:-
'ri
4
St rt
Stop
a Oiff
•
Dlff
Stop
..L;;...;.;..--l.,~H~i,:.,__;...;.;..i. Start
i 1
~""'~"
O
~
~~
Flg.6 Rg.8
© Danfoss A/S Rl.5E.C2.72 03-1999

444
5 VI~
:<;:!
l~
oc RT 4 oc
9
-5 0.8
I
0 Differens
2 Differential
5 Differenz
3 Differential
10 'f>lfetenclal
4 Differenziale
15 Ero
5 .::;-''"? T t,,:,,;..,. "'°'II..
AMcpttJepettqa11
6
~ 7
Fig.1 Fig. 2
RT 11 + 13 RT 17 RT 34
oc oc
-30 In ~ •c
-50
•c ••"
I.Sil
2 o<
•c
15
•c
2 fl~
H
I
-25 10
2
I
3 4
-40 5
-20
3 4 0 6
-15
4 -30 -5
5
-10 c -10 8
5 c 6
-5 -20 -15
0 6 -15 7 -20
A B A B
-25 12
Flg.4 Flg.5
... : _, ~ '·'..' '". :.,.;;: ,....:,··:,;~ ):.:',:;.. ·;.·,:"
I~ ~ 5/s-18UNF
Pg 13.5 «>%in ·18 UNF
614X3009
Pg 13.5
Rg.7
~ ItI llll'ill3
10-z I' It 3 !l 12.'tl 'if~
It 151A, 1JjJt >ii
Fig.6 Rg.8
445
Tilslutning til klemme 1-2: The differential is set by rotating the differential
Kontaktsystemet stutter nar temp. er faldet til 0°C adjusting nut(19) (fig.2) according to the nomogram
og bryder, nar temp. igen er steget til 3°C. concerned (fig. 2 - 5).
Rumtermostater Maximum actt¥1ting temperature is the sum of the
Genei'elt gmlder, at en drejning pft Mndknappen temperature setting and the differential.
Tekniske data automatisk ftytter bftde h0jeste og laveste akti-
veringstemp. (bryde og slutte) op eller ned pft grund Example: Thermostat RT 4.
Maks. tm.
Type OmrAde f0lertemperatur af den urendrede differens. En drejning pa diffe- Range setting (min. actuating temp.)= 0°C (+32°F).
·c ·c rensrullen vii derimod kun rendre den h"jeste Differential setting with differential adjusting nut= 5.
aktiveringstemp. Actual differential= 3°C (5.4°F).
RT4 -5til+15 +70
Maximum actuating temperature =
RT11 -30til 0 +70 o + 3 = 3°c (32 + 5.4 = 37.4°F).
RT17 -50til-15 +70
Connection to terminals 1 - 4:
RT34 -25111+15 +100
The switch breaks the circuit when the temperature
Omgivelsestemperatur: -50°C til +70°C (-50170). Room thermostats has fallen to 0°C{+32°F), and makes it when the
Min. temperatura:mdringshas1ighed: temperature has again risen to +3°C (+5.4°F).
< 1K/15 minutter. Technical data
Kapsling: IP 66 ihl IEC 144. Connection to terminals 1-2:
Max. pennissible The switch makes the circuit when the temperature
Kontaktbelastning: Se kontaktdrekslet eller fig. 6. Type Range bulb temperature
Merkningen f .eks. 1O(4)400 V -ac. angiver, at der 0c (OF) has fallen to 0°c (+32°F), and breaks it when the
°C (°F)
maks. ma tilsluttes 10 A ohmsk og 4 A induktiv temperature has again risen to +3°C (+5.4°F).
RT4 -5 to+15 +70
belastning ved 400 V. (+25 to+as)
Oen makslmale startstRJm ved indkilbling af motor In general, turning the knob automatically moves
RT11 -30 to 0 +70 both the maximum and minimum actuating
(LR.) ma vere op Iii syv gange den induklive be- (-25 to+32)
lastning - dog maks. 28 A. temperatures {break and make) up or down because
RT opfylder betingelseme i VOE* 0660, Priifklasse RT17 -50 to-15 +70 of the fixed differential.
(+58 to +5) On the other hand, turning the differential adjusting
II.
"VOE= Verband Deuls<:her Elektrotechnil<er RT34 -25 to+15 +100 nut only alters the maximum actuating temperature.
(+10 to+60)
Montering Ambient temperature: -so·c to +70°C (-50170).
Termostaten monteres pft vreggen I det rum, hvor Min. temperature variation rate: < 1 K/15 minutes. .·.·,·,·~··,
temperaturen skal reguieres. Benyt monteringshul- Enclosure: IP 66 to IEC 144.
leme (25). Contact load: See switch cover or fig. 6.
Den anbringes, sft dens feler er I god kontakt med The marking, e.g. 1O (4) A, 400 V - a c. means that Raumthermostate
den cirkulerende rumluft. Dog ma feleren ikke blive max. connection current is 1O A ohmic and 4 A
direkte pavirket af f.eks. luftstmmmen fra en ven- inductive at 400 V. Technlsche Oaten
tilator. Placering i nmrheden af en derskal undg{is, The max. starting current on motor cutin (LR.) may
da abning og lukning af denne medferer falske Max. zul.
be up to seven limes the inductive load - but max. Typ Bereich FOhlertemp.
temperatursvingninger omkring feleren. 28A. RT complies with conditions specified in VOE* ·c ·c
0660, Pridklasse II. RT4 -5 bis +15 +70
El-tllslutnlng. Se fig. 8 -VOE= Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker
START = slutte. STOP = bryde. OIFF. = <flfferens. RT11 -30 bis 0 +70
Kabeldiameter: 6 til 14 mm. Fitting RT17 -50 bis-15 +70
Jordforbindeise tilsluttes jordskruen (38). The thennostatshould be fitted in the room In which RT34 -25 bis +15 +100
lhetemperature,istobe controlled. Use the mounting
RT 4 med vannelegeme i bmlgen (bestillingsnr. holes (25). Umgebungstemperatur:-50°C bis +70°C(-50T70).
017-5037) tilsiuttes som vist pa fig. 9. h should be fitted so that the sensor is exposed to Min. Temperaturanderungsgeschwindigheit:
the free flow of room air. However, the sensor must < 1K/15 Minuten.
not be directly affected, for example, by the air flow Schutzart: IP 66 nach IEC 144.
.::' fromafan. SchalUeistung: Siehe Kontaktdeckel oder Abb. 6 .
· · The thermostat must not be fitted next to a door, Die Kennzeichnung, z.B. 10 (4) A, 400 V - a.c. gibt
since opening and closing of the door will result in an, dass bei 400 V maximal 1O A ohm'sche und 4 A
spurious temperature nuctuations at the sensor. induktive Belastung angeschlossen werden diirfen.
Der maximale Einschaltstrom bairn Einschalten
Mains connection. See Fig. 8 eines Motors (LR.) dart bis zum siebenfachen der
START= make. STOP= break. OIFF. =differential. induktiven Belastung betragen - jedoch max. 28 A.
Cable diameter: 6 to 14 mm. RT geniigt den Bedingungen fiir Priifklasse II nach
The earth terminal (38) should be connected to VDE0660.
earth.
Montage . .
RT 4 with a tiEiating eoil in the bellows (coc;le No. Der Thermostat wird an der Wand des Raumes
017-5037) should be connected as shown in fig. 9. montiert, dessen Temperatur geregelt warden soll.
MontagelOcher benutzen (25).
r·--1 r o Er isl so anzubringen, daB sein Fiihler von der
Tilbehar
Spec. kabelforskrunlng. Se fig. 7.
I I
_____ \
,':....-_,,,..._-_..,_.,_} zirkulierenden Raumluft erreicht warden kann. Der
I
I
I Fiihlerdarf jedoch nicht Im Luflstrom belspielswelse
I
I von einem Ventilator sitzen. Ebenlalls isl die
·-
lndstilllng.
Termostaten indstllles pl laveste aktiverlngs- :.,,_
I
Anbringung in derNlihe einer Tiir zu vermelden, da
das Oifnen und SchlleBen falsche Temperatur-
temp. (omradeindstilling). lndstHiingen udferes med I
I schwankungen am Fiihler bewlrken kann.
__
handknappen (5) (fig. 1) under samtidig alla!sning I
I
I
af hovedskalaen (9) (fig. 1). Oifferensen indstilles I
Elektrlscher AnschluB
meddifferensrullen(19)(1ig. 2) efterdetpftgmkfende
SieheAbb. 8
..
-- --
nomogram (fig.2-5). Hajesteakliveringstemperatur
START = SchlieBen, STOP = Ottnen. DIFF.
erlig summen al indstillingstemperaturogdifferens; fCll'refrlg«atfngot Di!ferenz.
Kabeldurchmesser: 6 bis 14 mm.
Eksempel: Tennostat RT 4.
Die Erdleitung ist an die Erdungsschraube (38)
Omradeindstilling (laveste akliveringstemp.) = 0°C.
Fig.9 anzuschlieBen.
Differensindstiiling med <flfferensrullen = 5.
Opnaet differens = 3°C. Accessories
Hejeste aktiveringstemperatur = O + 3 = 3°C. Special type screwed cable entry. See fig. 7.
Tilslutning til klemme 1-4: Adjustment.

Kontaktsystemet bryder, nftrtemp. erfaldet til o•c . Set the thermostat for minimum actuating tem-
og slutter, nar temp. igen er steget Iii 3°C. perature. (Range setting). Setting is done by rotating
the knob (5) (fig. 1), and at the same time reading
the main scale (9) (fig. 1).
446
RT4 mil Heizkorper im Wellrohr (Bestell-Nr. 017- Exemple: Thermostat RT 4.
5037) isl soanzuschliessen, wie inAbb. 9dargestellt. Plage de reglage (temp. d'actionnement la plus
basse) = o•c.
r----, Thennostats d'amblance Reglagedu <frfferentiela faidepu rouleaudifferentiel
'
:~-~-----_}'_____ 1 I~
Caracteristiques techniques
enposition5.
Differenliel obtenu = 3°C.
Temperature d'actionnement la plus elevee = 0 + 3
''
I
Temperature
=3°C.
!Kontald· Type Plage de bulbe
: system max. admiss.
I
I
·c ·c Raccordement aux bomes 1 - 4:
I
RT4 -sa.+15 +70 Le systeme de contact ouvre le circuit electrique
'' quand la temp. est descendue a o·c et le ferme
RT11 ~Oa 0 +70 quand la temperature est remontee a 3°C.
RT17 -508-15 +70
RT34 -25 a. +15 +100 Raccordement aux bomes 1 - 2: "'
Le systeme de contact ferme le circuit electrique
Temperature ambiante: -so·c a
+70°c (-50T70). quand la temp. est descendue a o·c et l'ouvre
Vitesse minimale de changement de temperature: quand la temp. est remontee a 3°C.
Fig.9
< lK/15 minutes.
EtancMite: IP 66 selon lEC 144. En general, en toumant le bouton manuel, on
Zubehiir. Siehe Abb. 7 Charge des contacts: Vair le couvercle de contact deplace simultanement vers le haul ou vers le bas
Besondere Kabelverschraubung. oulafig. 6. !ant la temp. d'actionnement la plus elevee que
La marquage de, par exemple, 10 (4) A, 400 V - celle la plus basse {de coupure et de fermeture) car
Einstellung. c.a., indique qu'au maximum, ii est admis de la valeurdu differentiel reste inchangee. Un mouve-
Der Thermostat 1st auf die untere Ansprech- racoorder une charge ohmique de 1O A et une mentdu rouleau differential ne faitvarier, parcontre,
temperatureinzustellen (Bereichseinstellung). Die charge inductive de 4 A sous 400 V. que la temp. d'aclionnement la plus elevee.
Einstellung erfolgt mitdem Einsteliknopf (5) (Abb. 1) lecourantdedemarragemaximal al'enclenchement
unter gleichzeitigem Ablesen der Hauptskala (9) a
du moteur (LR.) est admis sept fois la charge
(Abb. 1). Die Differenz wird mit der Differenzrolle inductive - toutefois au maximum de 28 A.
(19) (Abb. 2) auf Grunddesjeweiligen Nomogramms RT accomplit les prescriptions des normes VOE* .·~··
eingestellt (Abb. 2 - 5). 0660, classe d'essai II.
Die obere Ansprechtemperaturistgleich defSumme -VOE= Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker
von Einstelltemperatur und Differenz. (Association des lngenleurs Electriciens Allemands). Termostatos de ambiente
Beispiel: Thermostat RT 4. Montage Caracteristicas tecnicas
Bereichseinstellung (untere Ansprechtemperatur) Monter le thermostat surlaparoi de la chambre dont Temperatura
=o·c. la temperature doit etre controlee. Tipo cam po maxima perrnisible
Differenzeinstellung mil der Dlfferenzrolle = 5. Le placer de sorte que son bulbe soil en parfait def bulbo
Erreichte Differenz = 3°C. contact avec l'air circulant dans la chambre. II ne ·c ·c
Obere Ansprechtemperatur = O + 3 = 3°C. faut pourtant pas que le bulbe soil influence RT4 -5-+15 +70
directement par le courant d'air venant, p.ex., d'un
AnschluB an Klemmen 1-4: RT11 -30- 0 +70
ventilateur. Eviter de le placer a proximit& d'une
Das Kontaktsystem iiffnet, wenn die Temperatur porte car fouverture et la fermeture de celle-cl RT17 -50--15 +70
auf o•c abgefallen ist, und schfieBt, sobald die entraineraient de faussesvarialions de temperature RT34 -25-+15 +100
Temperatur wieder auf 3°C angestiegen Isl autour du bulbe.
Temperatura ambiente: -oo·c a +10°c (-OOT70).
AnschluB an Klemmen 1-2: Raccordement electrique. Voir fig. 8 Velocidad mfnima de variaci6n de la temperatura
Das Kontaklsystem schlieBt, wenn die Temperatur START= enclencher. STOP = declencher. DIFF = < 1K/15min.
auf o•c ahgefallen ist, und offnet, sobald die differential. Proteccl6n: IP 66 segiin lEC 144.
Temperatur Wieder auf 3°C angestlegen isl Diametre du cable: 6 14 mm. a carga de los contactos: vease tapa def terrnostato
. . ·:.. .. · . .. . .·. . . · Raccorder la mise a tene a la vis (38). ofigura 6. . .
Allgemeln gl~ daB beim Drehen des Einstefr.;'(·-' ,; ,., .. ,. ;_, ·'.:•·· .· .,. · · :···, "'':: . ,-· .·• . La inscripci6n, por ejemplo 10(4) A, 400 V - c.a.
knopfes, sowohl die _!Ibero als auch die untere. · Pour le RT 4 a resistance de chauffage electrique significa que la corriente de conexi6n maxima es de
Ansprechtemperatur(OffnenundSchlieBen)gleich dans le soulflet (n• de code· 017-5037) faire le 10 A concarga ohmica y de 4 A con carga inductiva,
viel verstellt werden, da die Differenz ungeandert racoordement comme le monire la fig. 9. ' a400V.
isl La corriente de arranque maxima en el momento de
Beim Drehen der Differenzrolle wird dagegen nur F 0 la conexi6n del motor (LR.) puede ser de hasta 7
die obere Ansprechtemperatur geandert. veces la corriente con cargo lnductiva (max. 28 A).
RT satisface las condiciones estipuladas en VOE*
0660, clase de prueba II.
*VOE =Verband Deutscher Bektrotechniker
Montaje
El termostato debe montarse en la pared de· la
camaraenlacualsedeseacontrolarlatemperatura.
Oebe instalarse de tal manera que su bulbo tenga
---
un buen contacto con el aire que clrcula en la
.... _ camara
Sin embargo, el bulbo no debe estar afectado
directamente por ejemplo por la cir'culacl6n de aire
de un ventilador.
Fig. 9 El termostato no debe sltuarse cerca de iJna puerta
ya que la abertura y el cierre de la mlsma producirfa
Accessolre fluctuaciones indeseables en la temperatura def
Raccord de cable special. Voir fig. 7. bulbo.
Reglage. Conexion a la red de alimentaci6n

Reglerlethermostatsurlatemp_d'actlonnement Veasefig. 8
la plus basse (reglagede la plage). Faire le reglage START = cierre. STOP = abertura. DlFF.
au moyen du bouton (5) (fig. 1}, en lisant Diferencial.
simultanement l'echelle principale (9) (fig. 1). Diametro def cable: 6-14 mm.
Regler le differentiel a !'aide du rouleau differenliel El terminal de tierra (38} ha de ser conectado a
{19) (fig. 2) d'apres le nomogramme consid6re (fig. lierra.
2-5).
La temperature d'actionnement la plus elevee est
egale a la somme de la temperature de reglage et
du <frfferenliel.
447
El equipo RT 4 con enrollamiento de calefaccl6n en Esempio: Termostato RT 4.
el fuelle (N° de C6digo 017-5037) debe conectarse Regolazione def campo (temp. minima di funzio-
como se indica en la figura 9. =
namento) o·c.
Termostati ambiente Regolazione del differenziale con ghiera .• di
r---, f 0
regolazione posizionata = 5.
' '
r'~~'------1 ...t, Datltecnfd Differenziale corrispondente = 3°C.
i . i~
TIpo Campo
Massima tempera-
tura permessa
Massima temperatura di funzionamento: = O + 3 =
3•c.
'
~istomaoo albulbo
"?°tad0$ ·c ·c Collegamento ai morsetti 1 - 4:
'' RT4 -5·+15 +70 L'interruttore interrompe ii circuito quando la
'''
temperaturae diminuita a o•c, e ristabilisce ii circuito
RT11 -30- 0 +70 quando la temperatura e salita di nuovo a + 3°C.
RT17 -50--15 +70
RT34 -25-+15 +100 Collegamento ai morsetti 1 - 2:
l'interruttore chiude II circuitoquando la temperatura
Temperaturaambiente: da-50°Ca+70°C(-50T70). escesaa o·c e lo interrompe quando la temperatura
Min. varlazione di temperatura: < 1K/15 min. e aumentata di nuovo a +3°C.
Fig.9 Protezione: IP 66 a nonne IEC 144.
Carico contatti: indicato sul coperchio dello stesso In generale, glrando ii pomello (5), automaticamente
Accesorios contatto fig. 6. si muovono le temperature massima e minima di
Entrada de cable roscada de tipo especial. Vease Esemplo di marcatura: 10 (4) A, 400 - c.a. signlfica funzionamento (stacco e attacco) in su on in giu
Fig. 7. cheallatensionede400Vilcontattopuo'sopportare mentre ii differenziale rimane invariato. D'altra parte,
un massimo di 10 A omlco e 4 A induttiili. girando la ghiera di regolazione del differenziale si
Reglaje. La corrente di spunto (LR.) puo' essere calcolata modifica solamente la massima temperatura di
Ajustar el termostato a la temperatura de per un massimo di sette volte II carico induttivo intervento.
accionamiento minima (ajustedegama). El reglaje (max. 28 A). RT e omologato secondo norme VOE*
sehace hacienda girarel bot6n(5) (fig. 1)observando 0660, Classe II.
al mismo tiempo la escala principal (9) (fig. 1). *VOE= Verband Deutscher Elektrolechnlker
La diferenciat se regula hacienda girar la tuerca de
reglaje de diferencial (19) (fig. 2) de acuerdo con el Montaggio .··~·
nomograma en cuesti6n (fig. 2 - 5). II termostato deve essere montato sulla parete degli
La temperatura maxima de accionamiento es la ambienti in cui si vuol controllare ta temperatura. Ruimtethermostaten
suma del reglaje de temperatura y de la diferencial. Deve essere montato in modo che ii butbo venga
lambito dall'aria ambiente in circotazione. Technische gegevens
Ejemplo: Tennostato RT 4. Comunque, per esempio, il bulbo non dovra essere
Reglaje de gama (temperatura de accionamiento espostodirettamente at llussod'ariadiun ventilatore. Max. toelaatbare
minima) = o•c. Deve essere montato in modo che il bulbo venga Type Bereik voetertemperatuur
Ajuste de la diferencial por medio de la tuerca de tambito datraria ambiente in circotazione. ·c ·c
regulaci6n de diferencial en la marca 5. = Comunque, il bulbo non dovra essere sottoposto RT4 -5·+15 +70
Diferenciat real 3°C.= dlrettamente, per esempio, al ltusso d'aria di un
Temperatura de accionamiento max.=
0 + 3 3°C. = ventiiatore, II termostato non deve essere montato
RT11 ~- 0 +70
viclno a una porta, dato che le aperture e le chiusure RT17 -50--15 +70
Conexi6n a Los bomes 1-4: della porta provocherebbero deRe fluttuazioni di RT34 -25-+15 +100
Et interruptor abre et circuito cuando la temperatura temperatura at bulbo.
ha bajado hasta o·c. y lo cierra cuando la Omgevingstemperatuur:-50°C tot +70°C (-50T70).
temperatura ha subido de nuevo hasta +3°C. Collegamenti prlncipale. Vedere fig. 8 Min. temperatuurvariatie: < 11</15 minuten.
START =Attacca. STOP =
stacca. DIFF. Dichtheidsklasse: IP 66 volgens IEC 144.
Conexi6n a Los bomes 1-2: Differenziate. Contactbelasting: zle deksel van contactsysteem of
Elinterruptorclerraelcircuitocuandolatemperatura Diametro del cavo: 6-14 mm. fig.3.
habajado hasta o•cylOabrecuandot~ teinpe_ratu~ . L'attaocoterra (38) deve essere collegato a massa. Bijv. 10 (4) A"'. a.c. 400 V, betekent max. 10 A
ha subido de nuevo hasta +3"C/:/:: :·.,,:,...· ,. · .,.,, ,<Y RT 4 con elemento riscaklante nei soffietti (N° di , nietinductieve belasting en 4 A lnductieve belasting
Elg~n;fl11.~~ciendogi~;~~t6~i~;t~mp;;rcllli·~~: ~=o ~~-::~ dovr.i e$sere collegato come bij een aansluitspanning van 400 V.
De maxlmale aanloopstroom blj het inschakelen
maxima y minima de accionamiento (abertura y van de motor (LR.) mag maximaal 7 x de inductieve
cierre) se desplazan ambasautomaticamentehacia r---, belasting bedragen (max. 28 A).
arriba o hacia abajo debido a la diferencial fija. ' . . .-..J.'_____ ,
r..__-~_-_
RT voldoet aan de voorschriften volgens VOE*

I' ' 0660. Beproevingsklasse II.
Por otra parte hacienda girar la tuerca de reglaje de 'I
diferencial, solamente cambia la temperatura de ' :......... *VOE = Verband Deutscher Elelrtrotechnlker.
_
accionamiento maxima
:- Montage
De lhermostaat moet aangebracht worden op de
:·;'~:~::'. ·. ·:'..."!"'·:'.
,. muur van de rulmte, waarvan de temperatuur
.._ .
geregeld word!. Gebrulkde bevestiglngsgaten (25).
- --
.... -
·-
Flg.9
. Bovendien moet de·thermostaat zodanlg worden
gemonteerd dat de voeler een goed kontakt met de
In de ruimteclrkulerende lucht heeft. De voelermag
echterniet rechtstreeks beinvloed worden bljv. door
de luchtstroom van een ventilator.
De thermostaat mag nlet In de direkte nabljheid van
een deur gemonteerd worden, aangezien het
openen en sluiten hiervan zal resulteren in onjulste
Accessorl tempe-mtuurflukluaties blj de voeler.
Tlpo speciale di pressacavi awitati. Vedere fig. 7.
Aansluiting. Zie fig. 8
Regolazione. Vedere fig. 1, 2 e 8
Tarate II tennostato per la temperatura minima
START = maken, STOP =
verbreken, DIFF =
differentie.
di funzlonamento. (Regolazione del campo). La Kabeldoorsnede: 6-14 mm.
e
regolazione effettuata girando II pomello (5), e De aardaansluiting (38) moet met aarde verbonden
leggendo contemporaneamente la scala princlpale worden.
(9). 11 dffferenziale e regolato glrando ii dado per la RT 4 met een verwanningsspiraal In de balg {kode
regolazione del differenzlale (19) secondo ii 017-5037) moet aangesloten worden zoals aan-
nomogramma relativo. gegeven in fig. 9.
La temperatura massima di funzionamento e la
somma della temperatura di regolazione e del
differenziale.
448
Liitiintii ruuveihin 1- 4:
,.---. f 0
Kosketinlaite katkaleee, kun liimp6tila on laskenut
' '
:.~-----.
''
. Huonetermostaatteja
0°C:een ja kytkee, kun liimp6tila on taas noussut +
a·c:een.
·-
I
' Tekniset tiedot Liitiintii ruuvelhin 1- 2:

;..-n Suurin sail.
Kosketinlaite kytkee, kun liimp6tila on laskenut
: 0°C:een ja katkaisee. kun liimpotila on taas noussut
Malli Alue tuntoelinliimpotila
---
+3°C:een.
·c ·c
v....... RT4 -5 - +15 +70 Yleleesti piitee, ettii siiiitonupin kiertaminen siirtaa
"""'"
--
...........
.-
RT11
RT17
RT34
~-
-50--15
-25-+15
0 +70
+70
+100
automaattisestl seka korkeinta etta matalinta
toimintalampOtilaa (katkaisu ja kytkentii) yl6s- tai
alaspain, koska erorullan asettelua ei muutettu.
Erorullan kiertaminen sitavastoin muuttaa vain
Flg.9 korkelnta toimintalampotilaa.
Ympariston lamp0tila: -so·c...+700C (-50T70).
Toebehoren Pienin tampotilan muuttumisnopeus:
Speciale kabelinvoer met wartel (zie alb. 7). < 1K/15 mlnuuttia.
Kotelointi: IP 66, IEC 144.
lnstelling. Kosketinkuormitus: Katso kosketinlaitteen kantta
De thermostaat moet worden afgesteld op de tai kuvaa6.
minimale schakeltemperatuur (bereikinstelling). Merkintii esim. 10 (4) A, 400 V - a.c. tarkoittaa ettii
De instelling vindt plaats door verdraaiing van de saadaan kytkea maks.10 A ohminen ja 4 A lnduk-
knop (5) (alb. 1), waarbij gelijktijdig de hoofdschaal tilVinen kuonna 400 V.
(9) (alb. 1) afgelezen wordt. Maksimi kaynnistysvirta, moottoria kytkettaessii
De differentie wordt ingesteld door verstelling van (LR.), saa olla jopa seitsemiin kertaa lnduktliivinen
de differentie-instelmoer (19) (alb. 2) en wel met kuorma - kuitenkin maks. 28 A.
behulp van het betreffende nomogram (alb. 2 - 5). RT tiiyltiiii VOE* 0660, koestusluokka ll:n miiiiriiyk·
De maximum schakeltemperatuur is de som van set
temperatuurbereikinstelling en de differentie. ·voe= Verband Deutscher Elektrotectmlker
Voorbeeld: thennostaatRT 4. Berelkinstelling (min. Asennus
schakeltemp.) = 0°C. Differentie-instelling d.m.v. Termostaatti asennetaan selniille slihen huonee-
moer=5. seen, jonka liimp6tilaa halutaan siiiitiiii. Kiiytii
Werkelijke differentie = 3°C. kiinnitysreikiii (25).
Max. schakeltemperatuur = O + 3 = 3°C. Tuntoelimen yhteys kiertiiviiiin huonellmaan on
oltava hyvii. Se ei kuitenkaan saa joutua suoraan
Aansluitlng op de punten 1 - 4: esim. tuulettimen ilrnavirralle alttilksl.
Het ko ntaktsysteem verbreekt de stroomkring als On viiltettiivii termostaatln sljoittamista oven liihei-
de temperatuur gedaald is tot o•c en maakt als de syyteen, koska tiimiin avaaminen ja sulkeminen
temperatuur weer tot +3°C is gestegen. alkaansaa viiiiriii liimp6tilan vaihteluja tuntoelimen ·
ymparilta.
Aansluiting op de punten 1 - 2:
Het kontaktsysteem maakt de stroomkring ais de Siihkoliitiintii. Katso kuva s
temperatuur gedaald is tot OOC en verbreekt als de START= kytkee. STOP= katkalsee. DIFE ero. =
temperatuur weer tot +3°C is gestegen. Kaapelin liipimitta: 6-14 mm.
Maadoitusjohto kytketiiiin maadoitusruuviin (38).
Algemeen: Verdraaiing van de knop verplaatst RT 4, jossae on liimpOvaslus palkeessa (bl. n:o
autornatisch zowel de maximale als de minimale 017-5037), kytketiiiin kuvan 9 osoittamalla tavalla.
·... schakeltemperatuur. (verbreken en maken): naar ·: ·.:/ ... ~~. :
boven en beneden, tengevolge van de vaste ·
differentie. Verdraafing van de differentie-lnstelmoer
daarentegen verandert alleen de maximum
schakeltemperatuur.
--·--
._..:
Kuva9
Usitarvikkeet
ErikolskaspelitlilViste. Katso kuva 7.
Asettelu. Katso kuvat 1, 2 ja 8

Termostastti asetellaan matallmmalle tolmlnta-
lampotilalle (alueasettelu). Asettelu suorttetaan
kiertamiiDii nuppla (5) ja vastaava lukema niihdiiiin
piiiiastelkolta (9).
Ero asetellaan erorullalla (19) aslanomalsen
nomogrammln mukean. Korkeln tolmintaliimpotila
on asetteluliimpOtilan ja eron summa.
Esimerkkl:Termostaatti RT 4.
Alueasettelu (matalin tolomintaliimpOtila) = OOC.
Eroasettelu erorunana 5. =
=
Saawtettu ero 3"C. Korkein toimintaliimpOtila= O
+3=3°C.
449
~: . ~nem>M ABllf<mlllll (l:R) P83P.~
~ a9il l!OA~~'.11*811Y'CfG1~ Mlll¢1!' '
pallHllicxqaACI MllAYlffilBHOA HSrpy:lKe B oeMb pa3
'
it • &:tf1$jJ.»ff'T-7'1t.x.::- •"1- (M7 .. {MaKC. 28A). .
~i.-tf~:c·~·?·:t .. llll•l!ll. , •
ii ·•:•-im. M:2m .. •• m .... KcttTllKlHllR atCT9Mll -~~; ~OB~M B
a
• it iA II:
• • ·•••tt•
.. ,..:..~~h······o;·~c.
i'-r. . - ,.. . -.··
~t.lT. li~IJ:;t.x..,--n-(t)'.ci>IJ!IU·ii4!<
.. .
VOE• 0860, K1111CC ICCllblTllHllA 11. •
"VOE '" Verband Deulschef ElektroleChniker.
(Colos-:tll81CTpCJTDXta4-J.
.
··~-·
trt,-,;t.r.(S)f'll!ll-C-fi~"t-r. '1'7.1'·""'""
"C
.?A.· MOHTAlK
~•n/~F'~~t.~~~'C, P7;L->~~~ TepuocrEIT MOHTMPYK>r tta CTeHe llOMl!IJ\9HMfl,
RT 4 - 5-+30 °l.t-'io 11111!\17.., t!19) f:llt. 't:fi'!<•• t .... TeMnepinyp& KOTOpOl'O 11oro101a perymlpOBlll'bOJI.
R'rH. . . .etllllbdiopcl'4HbllJ oraepcTllll (25).
-30· 0 •, +70· ft•w.IJJi!lil:=r.t;EiAA:+'f'7'7' .. ,..v~~ OH n~ T.o. tf1'0 aro· 'IYBC'B· 3118MOHT
Ri17 -50--15 .. +10- ...... 111:"1'-'f;::r.~.,•RIUf nony<t88T xcpolllllll_ KCitnaKT C ~~M
,. ·' Ri'34·" -25'-+15 +100 Wi!::.11:<•-1~> =o·c aowxou llOM8IJl8HllSI. Ho Ha 'IYBCTII. 311eueHT HO
lf)nll<llM Bl1WITb ~. HBnpMM91),
f'77 ... ;.."!.o'"'f"/l..ll;•+·,. .. '°C'"~~,~7T &,..,.·~-
.,._.. . : -60'c-·+fa·c·t-Sor70) ~'WfeHMll 111111 aetmlllSITOpbl.
~n-~Oll~ 5 . . - Clle,iwer M36era:n> ycrllHOIJIOI TllpMocrara aClnM3K
.••MUJl'.i~ ! <: ·rK/r~ · !lmO>P7'7' ..,,_.;,~~-3'1:: ~ T8K KllK Ol)<lllol1ll8 II SlilipwTM9 ABepM MOlK&T
illi&tld>lll.• .: IE~ 144 0!P66 Bb131181b KOne6aHMe Ter.lepll"fYPbl BOKpyr 'IYBCJB.
~-ff!.lllid= 0 + 3 = 3'C
!*W.: ~-f'Y.,_,,.;.c.:..11>11llt~~ti•111111#11. 3118MllHTIL
#!A:iltiil·········· :f - ! +n. 1."~:.
· 1Ji;;\">l0(4)A.400V"'&c.ili,~!lat~400vi.:
00
-~b'O"Ct-C.-1'6'l>l:.X..f
.. .,-f-itllla•a&,
: . . ., .... ~ 3nEKTPOnOAKJllO'lEHHR. CM. p..ic. 8
.f>ltoli*lllltlOA(~!Ullfi) s J:'tH Alillli5ft START= 33UWK3.11118 STOP =-pa3Mb1KaK. PlFF. ""
11'.b'.1.kf!U+ .3'C t -c.-.f.'.Jl.-t"l> .!: li!llf~·iftt·:t1"~ ~'
1111)">;!1!¢-c.-"t. •*~-· ~~-.~"',..".., <f-
S!Jll-iltll··'··--·····:r·- ! .t-;... 1-2: ,._ltlp~ii:8A014:MM.
l!l:A.llt, .fH· t, <a;1;11tn 7 fa&: :t -C.-il t. :t -t. .
ilU~b'o'C.:t -c.-r.tto t><..f ..,f-~ . .~l!c •.m. 3a:!eMl1E!HH8 llOJllClllll'f'TCll K l!Mlf1Y 31138M11BHMll
(9:*1l11t28Alll><_1..,<f-: 017-4UO) (38). . . .
/l'.b'.l.t.:t.:V+3'Ct 't'..l:.#1-T.6.!:llllllU:lllltl:t1".
><-{ ·•<f-IS VDE•tl660, .Prafldauell 1=11kll&_t.'t: RT ~ c ~ a CMllb¢>O>te (tlll 38l<R38 1Hi037)
-r7'7' .. ,..;.~n-11111~-c.-"t"trr, 1 _ i&a:Q~?:t-'l flOAIClllO'lll8 ICllK l'IOl<IQlltO ~ P.MC- 9.
?( l,tt"t:»il-t.
Ul"f' .!: ··~il.lt:Ciillfl!ll) te-l•iU!ri.:ll:· <I!!! ..
•VOE= Vert.and Deutsct- Elec:ttotachni!Wr.
IUI) nllli1int1111111&<J&=ltlitt. t 1".
Jl#lt .
1ttitl111l~T"'flitc'>!!tiii•=. "l'~·•o:•:~."' ~·*I*
ft.ti.1'7'7'L-,..$-~J1,111•-r-.•~'tt-lllt.t:• ,---, f 0
Otfflt1C(25) £-if:., t'llltH1H f~ :

' .......~-----1
r1,_......._..._ '
II '
llllilUlf>c'>Jl!lffltlit:IUt, li!.f'Jc'>lf.a:!!jl\i.:31:'9'&:ta
11i-e~oio'*u1liit.t-t. "'~t.. ·7~:,.vt.">
-·- '
I
'
t"n•i;: 1Ji1.:· o J:-; r&m:a~·:i it-c« -~!•:-
I
at& ., I
TepllCJCTil'rbi AM n~i I
I
I
I
I
:t 1.: ..., .. .,._.,,..,.~-tilt.. r-r-0>111Jmi: .t otf. TEXHM'IECKMEAAHHblE

~.;,u~1t):sllieti•1M1J'f' o ::'?:r-~ o .;'.(.;i; .. Male.ADIL
il~'t''f'. 1ltn ~ -"'Y9-
-"C
M •:111aL'lHll!ll
snirr- liilrHI. STOP=liill&llll Rr .. - 5.AD+30 +70
DJFF:m 1'7T"' ~ ;...~""' Rft1 -30.AD 0 +70
ptte.9
llCl«ft·:;:6';-1'-' .. Rf17 -SO.AD-15 ' 1:TI>
7'.f..,..; .,;!.-.,..n.(36) .: ·:r...,i.-ni.. RrM -25.AD+15 '+100 nPMHAAflElKHOCTM. '
~"- ~~i.::lla"'llt'J-.~l'iill!tt -C••l. RT 4'Mlilt Ta~ ~ ClpeAW! -&O'C. 11/J +70"C· . Cnaq.~llllKpelUl8~MRA.Klltiel'llliiCM.pM0'.7.
!!!!(2- rs-tt: 17-5037) n1'1tcs·•u111n.t i 1::.;' ·.. ·.·· <-50170). -..:· . ·,. ·r-v,· . . ·. . ,. :.,.:. ". . ,,. . . "··. --·:'·:- ::.:.,.""""·;:;.!{ itA.ClPOAKA.CliPMC.1,2M8
MllR.. CKqJOCll>
Mf!yr..
MSMetlBllllA: TBUnep81yplil: .
· · . · ..
«
. · " .. '. >
1Kl15;;
,._':.:· . TepllOCIWI' ~ . . ·callqlO H1131t. 191111.
CteneH1>nnant0011CIP68comBC110IEc.1+1...... ,, -~(ll8CJPOAK8~B).AJ111Hacrpoidol'
KotiTaKntaJl 1111PY31CB: CU. ICDllTBll1HYIO KIHll~)"iuM ~ KHOl1l<ll (5) l1IJll QAHOep8M8H. .OTC'lA'Te fl181!1f.
pllC. 8, UlKaJ1bl (9}. ,1\1141c118PeHllM8it HllClpaM8B101' A"CIJ<l>ep.
Mapl<MpoaKa, ttallPM'IEIP 10 (4) A, 400 B-:napee,t.,T., pollllKDM(19)cor11actt0HIJMOlllllMMe.CaMaRBlllCOIQl3
YK83bl"'"!81'• ·~O. MllKCllMBnbltO AOf¥lTIMMI 7eMfl.,qeAC111MllpaBllllcyMM8~BJ18HHOilT&Mii:ll
llO,IV<lllCNBHMll TOKB riplt 400 8 ~ 10 A OIMIB t11oi o 11 ~""'8111-
.4 A~aro.
rlpMuep: TepMOCTilT AT 4 . . .
a~r~":;· TOMn'.
ea-lllblCOICIUl ,_AB11mi.11 - o + s = 3"C.
"°AKJDCl'IBl-K!allOIMSM1-4: ." •.
Kolmumt1111 CllCT9118 simMblllll91'
eCliH TeMn.'ynaria ·
ppO'CH3BMbllWIT8CAlllTeMA.Ol1RTbl'IOllblCWlllCb,q<>
3"C.-· '·:: ....-
~K~1-.2: ... : .
f<olnalcntaffCllCl'eMll. .~BCrM.TGMA;yrtana,qo
O'C ti pll3MblKll8T 8Cl1ll TeloWI. OMTb llOBbjCtlllBCb. ,qo
3"C. .
~ .......... ~ Kl!OlllOI. -
- nepeABMf1l9J .. CBM)'IO ~" C8MylO
HM3tcy1<11eun.,ReAcn11111. (paaM1o1KllHll8M.81Wb1K811M8}
8ll8PIC Hnlt - 148-38 H8MS!IHllHHORl' ~
peHlfllBllll. ~ ~ ponMKB"IOJWol<O 113Me-
llKl'~lllllO()KYJO TeMMPll1YPY ~A.
450
~
INSTRUCTIONS
NRV, NRVH
0 0
0 0
It) U)
Cl> HFC,HCFC,CFC Cl>
a:
0
a:
0
N Mox.660"C N
0
NRV6~19
GllID (1220· F)
~~
i; Ii 0
NRV 6S-> 19s

NRVH 6s-> 19s n:::::mm:::a
r
NRV 22s -> 35s
NRVH 22s -> 35s
t,,,.,=-50 °C/-58 °F Silfoss 15

·ct
t.... = 140 285 °F (157. Ag)
PB I MWP = 28 bar I 400 psig
NRV/NRVH
© Danfoss NS (AC-RCMP,jp) Rl.6G.A6.00 03-1999
,··:·.' .. ,·:
'"·'····
333
INSTRUCTIONS
Type KVP, KVL, KVR, KVD, KVC
KVP KVL KVR KVD KVC
ts H
"
ts ~~
~·
D~ ts "
i~
-.
'Ci'
~~
~~
D~
Q8-10Nm li!;
~~
D~
©DanfossNS Al.4X.F1.00 Al.4X.A1.00 Rl.08.62.00 ~ Rl.4X.G2.00 01-1999
KVP/KVL KVR/KVD
t.nax = +60°C (140°F) ~ = +100°C (212°F) .
. · ·'· : •. ,:.. t.n1n • ·.· · = -45°C (-50°F) lmrn ·: ,.;, ·· =-45°C (-50°F) :<>. ,,,..,,,,,.,y,
.....
,.,·-
PB I MWP = 14 bar (205 psig) ·.•'.. .-··· ·a PB I MWP = 28 bar (400 psig) • . / : ''"''
Ptest KVP I KVL 12, 15, 22: Ptest KVR I KVD 12, 15, 22: ' .
p =max. 28 bar (400 psig) p = max. 31 bar (440 psig)
KVP I KVL 28, 35: KVR28, 35:
p = max. 25 bar (360 psig) p = max. 31 bar (440 psig)
KVC
t,,,.,,. = +105°C(200°F) ·.··•· ... .
~ .. . ~ ,-~:· ;:<>~~ ~~~o;!i~'!·~;d~,[;;c;~;1.·wr
Ptest KVC 12, 15, 22: ...
p =max. 31 bar (440 pslg) ·
36oo9ffi ~~.
~
KVP/KVL ~-
KVP I KVL 12, 15, 22:

~~
360° - 0.45 bar (6 psi)
KVP I KVL 28, 35:
Pe=2 bar
Q
I! Q8-10Nm li!;;
!~' i~
360° - 0.3 bar (4 psi)
~
KVR/KVD
KVR/KVD 12, 15, 22: NB!
360° - 2.5 bar (36 psi)
KVR 28, 35: Pe=10bar
360° - 1.5 bar (22 psi)
CIDl
~
KVC
KVC 12, 15, 22:
360° - 0.45 bar (6 psi)
Pe=2 bar
RL4X.G2.00 © DanfossNS (AC-SP,jp) 01-1999
312
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
• For use with fluorinated refrigerants as well as with air .
and water. (Allowable fluid temp.: -20to120°C) ·
• Type SNS for universal application. ·
• Type HNS for high pressure safety cut out.
•Available drip proof enclosure for marine application or
explosion proof enclosure for special application.
• Mounting bracket is supplied as standard.
• With SPOT contact mechanism.
• IP44 with upper lid (option).
• Ammonia Models: Available upon request.
( E mark applicable (available upon request)
UL listed (available upon request) Type SNS
TypeHNS
TYPE NUMBER SELECTION (SPECIFICATIONS)

Type SNS-Automatic Reset Type Unit MPa {kgf/cm'}
0.2{2} 0.025 {0.25} 0.15 {1.5}

0.3{3} 0.035 {0.35} 0.05 {0.5} 0.15 {1.5} 1 {10}
0.2{2}
0.4{4} 0.04 {0.4} 0.1 {1} 0.2 {2}
Diagram
0.6 {6} 0.06{0.6} 0.4 {4} 0.2 {2} 0.3 {3} 1.5(15} 0.33
1
0.1 {1) 1 {10} 0.1 {1} 0.3{3} 0.4{4} 0.6(6}
2{20} 0.2 {2} 0.5 {5} 1.2 (12} 1.5 {15} 3(30}
0.5 {5)
3(30} 0.3{3} 1 (10} 2 (20} 2.5 {25} 3.3 (33)
1 (10) 3.5 (35} 0.5(5} 1.5 {15} 2.5{25} 3(30} 3.8 {38}
~ .
-0.06 (-50cmHg} 0.6{6} 1---1-.5-{1_5_}---t Diairam 0.33

0.5 {5} 3{30} 3.3 {33}
* Based on the 1-3 terminal connection.
·-: ·\ ·;~ -. ·'-::::fr~'!~:L~::'_. :· ~ .:" '. :~.:- \ ):{i~~hf~;~i:~~:~-:· :· . \.-;->?\~.!~,g~··,:·

Unit MPa {kgf/cm2} • ' · , ,; · ":
* Based on the 1-3 terminal connection.
Type HNS-Manual Reset Type Unit MPa {kgffcm2}
*Based on the 1-3 terminal connection.

• Drip Proof Models: Available upon request. (Refer to Pages 50, 51.)
13
ELECTRICAL RATINGS CONTACT FUNCTIONS
o-@ <>----@
~ ~
Diagram 1 Diagram2
PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
~
o-@
/,~.~
Diagram3 Diagram4
~
~2.4X1000 Close on Pressure Increase Open on Pressure Increase
Capillary Tube •
1/4"Flare
7116 -20 Thread
.\ ____________ .I Close on Pressure Decrease Open on Pressure Decrease
t: Operating direction on press. increase at High Press. Side
M1 ! , M2 t: Operating direction on manual reset
Standard Option
DIMENSIONS
Standard Model
Type SNS
Differential Adjusting Screw

Range Adjusting Sa-ew
80
Reset Button
<
~6(1/4")
Flare Nut
Type HNS
4-M4X0.7
Thread Mounting
Hole !or Bracket
Range (54)
Adjusting Screw (48.8)
(59) 33.4
oi .--
D ..;
"'
Reset Button
•
§
(17.4)
Unit: mm
:c
L()
L()
I
I 0
I co
I
0 -tj-
_______ i_ _______ _ lO
N
I
I
I
L()
lO
t
0312
BOTILE STEEL
No. DESCRIPTION SIZE Q'TY MAT'L WT(Kg) REMARK
YARD: CSBC No.: H.938/-44 Scole: NON A 4
TITLE: R-407C BOTTLE Drown by: SHY Dote: 2008. 02. 19

FOR PROV. REF. PLANT 1-------+------1
HI AIR Check by: SKS Aprov. by: BWP

WEIGHT 13.7KG KOREA 1YPE: 22.7KG ! Rev,
DWG No.: A50-001 -1 0
TOOLS I SPARE PARTS

for
CSBC Hull No. H. 938/-44
Number Designation Store No.
For condenser
2 PACKING FOR END COVER(C!:>159/145) PG200004
For plant
Set of Thermostatic expansion valve TZ2

Set of Thermostatic expansion valve TEZ2
1 EA of Orifice· No. 00 CP180201
EA of Orifice No. 03 CP180204
1 EA of Coil 220 V, 1 OW L9~3603'Q'.1~L~.L.::.iL.:J
Set of Filter drier DML 304 CP130104
Set of V-belt, 2pcs. (REC SPA-1800) ~vo1:Cf9~~~~=-~~ 7 ::~-]
~:---------:-:-
Kg spare bottle with Refrigerant,22. 7 kg
: .;:6Liter. .i Liters of Lub. Oil, Arctic EAL 68 WL000054
For electric motor
Set of Ball bearing (6208zz-6208zz)
Tools will be delivered with A/C Plant.

I-~~~~~~~~~~-' ~!~~~®'~~~~~06_6_1_-_48_3_-_E_N~~~~
SPARE PARTS SET for SBO 21,22
Shaft seal complete Part No. 1991 -418R
Position Weight
Designation Sketch Q'ty kg Part No.
No.
201 Shaft seal rn 1
OJ
0 0
o I 0
. -·+--
0 i 0
0 0
~i1)~
Gasket for
207 shaft seal 1
cover
206 Shaft seal cover
$ OJ 1
Gasket for shaft seal cover Part No. 1991-431 R
207
Gasket for
shaft seal
cover @1JJ I
Valve plate gasket below Part
below valve
117
plate gasket
Valve plate gasket above Part No. 1991-41 OR
1.18
above valve ~~
I~~
o o I
1
plate gasket
200
Set of valve plate Part No~~

~
0..oOo
\)0 ..~O0
0000
116 valve plate ~
r 1
200 I
117
below valve
plate gasket
m 00
0 1
118
above valve
plate gasket ~ 200 I
1
Complete set of gasket for compressor Port No. 1991 -423R
Position Weight
No.
Designation Sketch Q'ty kg Part No.
36
Gasket f9f
bearing cop
003 . 1
72
gasket for
valve flange
.,~~ 1
76
Joint ring for
suction stop v/v {ffi 1
83
Gasket for
oil strainer
$B 1
92 0-ring
{ID] 1
96
Gasket for
base plate
D 0
1
108
Gasket for.
discharge stop v/v ·~ 1
112
Joint ring for
discharge stop v/v
ffiTI 1
117
lower valve
plate gasket
m 1
~
upper valve
118 1
plate gasket
203 0-ring
{ID] 1
207
Gasket for
shaft seal
cover 003 I
!
1
208 Felt ring ~ {-· ·-) 0

'<I" 1
<P.llDlfl•
~~O<
~$(1•
·I>~·
@s ••
®~-·
([}~ ..
SPARE PARTS FOR
YARD NO : CSBC 938/-44

PANEL NAME : PROV. REF. PLANT CONTROL PANEL
.l,' ; .•
)ttS~T>
· ··.1:-~SET.....
· ······r;:::. :.)f.r
·. · ·. ;·· :.: ,·· ..
MCCB HiBS 53/20A
MCCB HiBS 53/15A
·:1:sET. ··.J:::;d:'. MCCB HiBS 53/5A
.J\.~E.T "•' MC HiMC 18W11
1'·SET · ·.. , <t.·.,;:,!::~·~[.::. :· : MC HiMC 9W11
kSET·· AUX. RELAY HMX 31
.·:f~: S·EiL). .; \>.:r~~~:. . . AUX.RELAY HR705-4PL
i ! !:~':',~'. .
O.C.R HiTH 22K 13
O.C.R HiTH 22K 1.2
O.C.R HiTH 22K 0.9
FUSE SB4A
FUSE SB2A
GLOBE (SEL. S/W WITH LAMP) G!O
5.~ETS :. GLOBE (PILOT LAMP) W/G/RN/O
>f7·:SETS' BULB 6.3V
. • . .·.·1.
' .....
I
WEIGHT TABLE
Main Parts
Unit type MCU 22/221218 with water valves .............................. . 650 Kg

Cooler, meat and fish room HFS-5-SS with automatics ............... . 85 Kg
Cooler, vegetable room HFS-1 with automatics ......................... . 35 Kg
Cooler, lobby HFS-1 with automatics · ..................................... . 35 Kg
Components
Thermometer RT 2 ............................................................. . 1 .2 Kg
Thermometer RT 4 ............................................................. . 1 .2 Kg
Thermometer RT 11 ............................................................ . 1.2 Kg
Dial Thermometer VT60 ....................................................... . 0.4 Kg
Marine Thermometer ........................................................... . 0.2 Kg
Outlet Heater for Air cooler, Freezing room ................................ . 0.35 Kg

Instruction Manual for Reciprocating
Compressors
SBO 21, 22, 41, 42, 43
28/01 /2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeralion A/S, Marine Div ision

Instruction Manual for Reciprocating
Compressors
SBO 21, 22, 41, 42, 43
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration AJS, Marine Division

Preface
The aim of this instruction manual is to provide the operators with a thorough
knowledge of the refrigeration plant and at the same time furnishing
information about:
The function and maintenance of the individual components;
Service schedules;
Procedure for dismantling and reassembling of the compressor.
The instruction manual also draws attention to typical sources of error, which
may occur during operations, stating their cause and explaining what should
be done to rectify them.
It is imperative that the operators familiarize themselves thoroughly with the

contents of this instruction manual, both to ensure reliable, efficient operation
and because YORK is unable to provide a guarantee against damage
occurring during the warranty period if the damage is attributable to incorrect
operation.
The contents of this instruction manual must not be copied or passed on to

any unauthorized person without the permission of YORK.
YORK MARINE
YORK Refrigeration A/S Phone: +45 87 36 70 00

Christian den X's Vej 201 Fax: +45 87 36 70 05
P 0 Box 1810 Telex: 6 8723
DK-8270 H0jbjerg
Denmark Reg no 1475
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration AJS, Marine Division 2

Table of Contents
YORK MARINE SERVICE & PARTS .............................................................. 8
Service & Parts, Aarhus ......................................................................................................................... 8
Service & Parts, Norrkoping ................................................................................................................. 8
Service & Parts, Hamburg ..................................................................................................................... 8
Service & Parts, Seattle .......................................................................................................................... 8
FIRST AID FOR ACCIDENTS WITH HFC/HCFC ............................................ 9
Generally ................................................................................................................................................. 9
Basic Rules for First Aid ..................................................................................................................... 9
Inhalation ............................................................................................................................................. 9
Eye Troubles ........................................................................................................................................ 9
Skin Injuries - Frost Sores ................................................................................................................... 9
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ............................................................ 11
REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ............................................................................. 14
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPRESSOR ..................................................... 21
S8021 and 88022 ................................................................................................................................ 21
S8041, SB042 and 88043 .................................................................................................................. 21
HANDLING OF COMPRESSOR, AREAS OF APPLICATION,. .................... 22
Direction of Rotation ............................................................................................................................ 22
Handling of Compressor and Unit ...................................................................................................... 22
AREAS OF APPLICATION OF THE RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS.23
The compressor must NOT be used: ................................................................................................... 23
Emergency Switch ................................................................................................................................ 23
VIBRATION DATA FOR THE COMPRESSORS - ALL TYPES .................... 24
COMPRESSOR DATA FOR RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS ............. 26
SBO 21, 22, 41, 42, 43 ........................................................................................................................... 26
Operating Limits .................................................................................................................................. 26
Main data: ............................................................................................................................................. 26

SB02 I and SB022 compressors ....................................................................................................... 26

SB041, SB042 and SB043 compressors ......................................................................................... 26
Technical Data of Compressors ......................................................................................................... 2 7
SBO 21 .............................................................................................................................................. 27
SBO 22 .............................................................................................................................................. 27
SBO 41 .............................................................................................................................................. 27
SBO 42 .............................................................................................................................................. 28
Compressor Oil Charge ..................................................................................................................... 29
V-Belt Type ....................................................................................................................................... 29
Compressor Weight ........................................................................................................................... 29
Cylinder Number I Bore I Stroke ....................................................................................................... 29
GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ................................................... 30
Starting up Compressor and Plant ..................................................................................................... 30

Stopping and Starting-Up Compressor during a Short Period of Standstill ....................................... 31
Stopping the Plant for BriefPeriods (Until 2-3 Days) ....................................................................... 31
Stop of Condenser Cooling, Pumps, Fans and any Compressor Cooling .......................................... 31
Stopping the Plant for Lengthy Periods (More than 2-3 Days) ......................................................... 31
Pressure Testing of Refrigeration Plant ............................................................................................. 32
Pumping Down of the Refrigeration Plant.. ....................................................................................... 33
OPERATING LOG ......................................................................................... 35
SERVICING THE RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR ................................. 36
Removing Refrigerant from the Compressor .................................................................................... 36
SCHEDULED SERVICES ............................................................................. 37
LUBRICATING OIL ....................................................................................... 40
Lubricating Oil Requirements ............................................................................................................ 40
Charging Refrigeration Compressor with Lubricating Oil ............................................................. .41
EXPECTED DISCHARGE GAS TEMPERATURES ...................................... 42
MAINTENANCE OF SBO RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS .................. 43
Generally ............................................................................................................................................... 43
Pump-Down ....................................................................................................................................... 43
The Compressor is Operational .......................................................................................................... 43
The Compressor is Inoperative ........................................................................................................... 44
Dismantling and Assembly .................................................................................................................. 44
Valve Intermediate Plate ..................................................................................................................... 44
SHAFT SEAL ................................................................................................ 46
Generally ............................................................................................................................................... 46
Important Notice! ............................................................................................................................... 46
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration AIS, Marine Division 4

Inspection .............................................................................................................................................. 47
POSSIBLE CAUSES OF FAILURE .............................................................. 47
Removal ................................................................................................................................................. 47
Preparation & Recommendations ..................................................................................................... .47
Removing the Shaft Seal ................................................................................................................... 47
Fitting .................................................................................................................................................... 48
Preparation & Recommendations ...................................................................................................... 48
Special Recommendations ................................................................................................................. 48
Fitting the Shaft Seal ............................................................................................................................ 48
CLEANING OF OIL FILTER .......................................................................... 49
SUCTION FILTER ......................................................................................... 49
STOP VALVES .............................................................................................. 50
CAPACITY REGULATION FOR COMPRESSOR SB041, SB042 AND

SB043 ...........................................................................................................50
Function ................................................................................................................................................. 50
START UNLOADING .................................................................................... 52
Integrated start unloading: .................................................................................................................. 52
Externally mounted start unloading: .................................................................................................. 53
HEATING RODS FOR OIL HEATING ........................................................... 54
Note: ....................................................................................................................................................... 54
TORQUE MOMENTS FOR SCREWS AND BOLTS ..................................... 55
REFRIGERATION PLANT MAINTENANCE ................................................. 56
Operational Reliability ......................................................................................................................... 56
Pumping Down the Refrigeration Plant ............................................................................................. 56
DISMANTLING PLANT ................................................................................. 57
LEAK TESTING AND PUMP-DOWN OF REFRIGERATION PLANT ........... 57
TROUBLE-SHOOTING ON THE RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR PLANT

....................................................................................................................... 58
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refngeration AJS, Marine Division 5

Operating Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 58
Using the trouble-shooting chart ......................................................................................................... 58

Example ............................................................................................................................................. 58
REMEDYING MALFUNCTIONS .................................................................... 61
1. Compressor fails to start: ................................................................................................................ 61
2. Compressor starts and stops too often: ......................................................................................... 61
3. Compressor starts, but stops again immediately: ......................................................................... 62
4. Compressor operates continuously: ............................................................................................... 63
5. Abnormal noise from compressor: ................................................................................................. 63
6. Too little capacity on compressor: ................................................................................................. 64
7. Slugging in compressor during start-up: ....................................................................................... 64
8. Slugging in compressor during operation: .................................................................................... 64
9. Excessive condenser pressure: ........................................................................................................ 65
10. Too low condenser pressure: ........................................................................................................ 65
11. Excessive suction pressure: ........................................................................................................... 66
12. Too low suction pressure: ............................................................................................................. 66
13. Oil temperature too low: ............................................................................................................... 67
14. Excessive discharge pipe temperature: ........................................................................................ 67
15. Too low discharge pipe temperature: .......................................................................................... 67
16. Excessive oil temperature: ............................................................................................................ 68
17. Oil level in crankcase falling: ....................................................................................................... 68
18. Heavy oil foaming in crankcase: .................................................................................................. 69
19. Crankcase "sweating" or frosting up: ......................................................................................... 69
20. Capacity regulation oscillating: .................................................................................................... 69
21. Impossible to bleed plant: ............................................................................................................. 69
ALIGNMENT OF UNIT .................................................................................. 70
Alignment of Compressor with Base Frame ...................................................................................... 70
Alignment of Motor with Base Frame ................................................................................................ 70
Stresses from Pipe Connections ........................................................................................................... 70
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration A/S, Manne Division 6

V-BELT DRIVE FOR SBO RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS ................. 71
Mounting of V-belts .............................................................................................................................. 71

Remember: ......................................................................................................................................... 71
ORDERING OF SPARE PARTS ................................................................... 72
Spare part drawing for compressor type SB021 and SB022 .................................... ,..................... 73
Spare part drawing for compressor type SB041, SB042, SB043 ................................................... 74
Spare parts list for compressor type SBO .......................................................................................... 75

YORK Marine Service & Parts
Service & Parts, Aarhus

YORK Marine Phone +45 87 36 35 00
Jens Juuls Vej 28 Fax +45 87 36 35 01
8260 Viby J 24-hour service line
Denmark
Service & Parts, Norrkoping

YORK Marine AB Phone +46 11 21 45 00
P 0 Box 667 Fax +46 11 10 29 81
Lindakersgatan 2 24-hour service line
601 15 Norrkbping +46 10 20 04 42
Sweden
Service & Parts, Hamburg

YORK Marine Hamburg Phone +49 40 6 70 51150
Kiebitzhbrn 33-35 Fax +49 40 6 70 1216
22885 BarsbOttel
Germany
Service & Parts, Seattle

YORK Marine Seattle Phone +1 206 285 0904
4401 23rd Ave. West Fax +1 206 285 0965
Seattle, WA 98199 24-hour service line
USA +1 206 818 3160
Service & Parts, Singapore

YORK Marine Singapore Phone +65 28 457 22
No 10 Upper Aljunied Link 08-00 Fax +65 28 692 43
YORK Industrial Building
367904 Singapore
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration AJS. Marine Division 8

First Aid for Accidents with HFC/HCFC
Refrigerant Nos.: R22 - R134a - R404A - R507 - R407C, etc.
Generally
HFC/HCFC form colourless and invisible gasses, which are heavier than air
and smell faintly of chloroform at high concentrations only. Under normal
operating conditions they are non-toxic, non-inflammable, non-explosive and
non-corrosive. When heated to above approx. 300°C they break down into
toxic, acid gas components, which are strongly irritating and aggressive to
nose, eyes and skin and generally corrosive. Besides the obvious risk of
unnoticeable, heavy gases displacing the atmospheric oxygen, inhalation of
larger concentrations may have an accumulating, anaesthetic effect which
may not be immediately apparent. 24 hours medical observations are,
therefore, recommended.
Basic Rules for First Aid

1. When moving affected persons from low-lying or poorly ventilated rooms
where high gas concentrations are suspected, the rescuer must be wearing
a lifeline, and be under continuous observation from an assistant outside
the room.
2. Adrenaline or similar heart stimuli must not be used.
Inhalation
1. Move the affected person into fresh air immediately. Keep the patient still
and warm and loosen clothing restricting breathing.
2. If the patient is unconscious, immediately call a doctor/ambulance with

oxygen equipment.
3. Administer artificial respiration until a doctor authorizes other treatment.
Eye Troubles
1. Force eyelids open and rinse with a sterile isotonic (0.9%) NaCl-solution
(salt water) or pure running water continuously for 30 minutes.
2. Contact a doctor, or get the patient to a hospital immediately for medical

advice.
Skin Injuries - Frost Sores

1. Wash immediately with large quantities of lukewarm water to reheat the
skin. Continue for at least 15 minutes, removing contaminated clothing
carefully while washing.
2. Treat exactly like burns and seek medical advice.
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration A/S. Marine Division 9

3. Avoid direct contact with contaminated oil/refrigerant mixtures from
electrically burnt-out hermetic compressors.
No plant can ever be said to be too safe.

Safety is a way of life.

Protecting the Environment
Increasing industrialisation threatens our environment. It is therefore

absolutely imperative that we protect nature against pollution.
To this end, many countries have passed legislation in an effort to reduce

pollution and preserve the environment. These laws apply to all fields of
industry, including refrigeration, and must be obeyed.
Be especially careful with the following substances:
• refrigerants
• cooling media (brines etc)
• lubricating oils.
Refrigerants usually have a natural boiling point, which lies far below 0°C.
This means that liquid refrigerants can be extremely harmful if they come into
contact with skin or eyes.
High concentrations of refrigerant vapours are suffocating when they displace

air; and if high concentrations of refrigerant vapours are inhaled they will
attack the human nervous system.
When halogenated gasses come into contact with open flame or hot surfaces
(over approx. 30D°C) they decompose to produce poisonous chemicals, which
have a very pungent odour, warning you of their presence.
In high concentrations, R717 causes respiratory problems, and when

ammonia vapour and air mix 15 to 28 vol.%, the combination is explosive and
can be ignited by an electric spark or open flame.
Oil vapour in the ammonia vapour increases this risk significantly as the point
of ignition falls below that of the mixture ratio stated.
Usually the strong smell of ammonia will give ample warning of its
presence before concentrations become dangerous.
The following table shows the values for refrigerant content in air, measured
in volume %. Certain countries may, however, have an official limit, which
differs from the one stated.

Halogenated Refrigerants Ammonia
R134a R404A R507 R22 R717
Unit
TWA
Time weighted vol.% 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.005
average during
a week
Warning smell vol.% 0.2 0.002
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration A/S, Marine Div1s1on 12

Further, it may be said about refrigerants:
• If halogenated refrigerants are released directly to the atmosphere they will

break down the ozone layer in the stratosphere. The ozone layer protects
the earth from the ultraviolet radiation of the sun. Halogenated refrigerants
must, therefore, never be released to the atmosphere. Use a separate
compressor to draw the refrigerant into the plant's condenser/receiver or
into separate refrigerant cylinders.
• Most halogenated refrigerants are miscible with oil. Oil drained from a
refrigeration plant will often contain significant amounts of refrigerant.
Therefore, reduce the pressure in the vessel or compressor as much as
possible before draining the oil.
Refrigerant evacuated from a refrigerant plant shall be charged into refrigerant

cylinders intended for this specific refrigerant.
If the refrigerant is not to be re-used, return it to the supplier or to an

authorized refuse disposal plant.
Halogenated refrigerants must never be mixed.
Purging a Refrigeration Plant
If it is necessary to purge air from a refrigeration plant, make sure you

observe the following:
• Refrigerants must not be released to the atmosphere.
• Halogenated refrigerants cannot be absorbed by water. An approved air

purger must be fitted to the plant. This must be checked regularly using a
leak detector.

Refrigerant Circuit
Source: Danfoss. Refrigeration - An Introduction to the Basics No. RG.OO.E1 .02
A simple refrigerant circuit is built up as shown in the sketch below. In what

follows, the individual components are described to clarify a final overall
picture.
Evaporator
A refrigerant in liquid form will absorb heat when it evaporates and it is this
conditional change that produces cooling in a refrigerating process. If a
refrigerant at the same temperature as the ambient is allowed to expand
through a hose with an outlet to atmospheric pressure, heat will be taken up
from the surrounding air and evaporation will occur at a temperature
corresponding to atmospheric pressure.
If in a certain situation pressure on the outlet side (atmospheric pressure) is
changed, a different temperature will be obtained since this is analogous to
the original temperature - it is pressure-dependent.
Evaporating heat
Evaporator Liquid refrigerant
The component where this occurs is the evaporator, the job of which is to
remove heat from the surroundings, i.e. to produce refrigeration.

Compressor
The refrigeration process is, as implied, a closed circuit. The refrigerant is not
allowed to expand to free air.
When the refrigerant coming from the evaporator is fed to a tank the pressure
in the tank will rise until it equals the pressure in the evaporator. Therefore,
refrigerant flow will cease and the temperature in both tank and evaporator
will gradually rise to ambient.
To maintain a lower pressure, and, with it a lower temperature it is necessary

to remove vapour. This is done by the compressor, which sucks vapour away
from the evaporator. In simple terms, the compressor can be compared to a
pump that conveys vapour in the refrigerant circuit.
Evaporator
In a closed circuit a condition of equilibrium will always prevail. To illustrate

this, if the compressor sucks vapour away faster than it can be formed in the
evaporator the pressure will fall and with it the temperature in the evaporator.
Conversely, if the load on the evaporator rises and the refrigerant evaporates
quicker, the pressure and with it the temperature in the evaporator will rise.

Compressor, Method of Operation
Refrigerant leaves the evaporator either as saturated or weakly superheated

vapour and enters the compressor where it becomes compressed.
Compression is carried out as in a petrol engine, i.e. by the movement of a
piston.
The compressor requires energy and does work. This work is transferred to
the refrigerant vapour and is called the compression input.
Piston crnnprcssor
Jl.?> P1 , ~> t 1
Because of the compression input, vapour leaves the compressor at a
different pressure and the extra energy applied causes strong superheating of
the vapour.
Compression input is dependent on plant pressure and temperature. More

work is of course required to compress 1 kg vapour 10 at (- bar) than to
compress the same amount 5 at (-bar).
Condenser
The refrigerant gives off heat in the condenser, and that heat is transferred to
a medium having a lower temperature. The amount of heat given off is the
heat absorbed by the refrigerant in the evaporator plus the heat created by
compression input.
Heat
Su erheat zone
Compressor Condensing
Saturated liquid Condenser
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration AJS, Manne Division 16

The heat transfer medium can be air or water, the only requirement being that
the temperature is lower than that which corresponds to the condensing
pressure. The process in the condenser can otherwise be compared with the
process in the evaporator except that it has the opposite "sign", i.e. the
conditional change is from vapour to liquid.
Expansion Process
Liquid from the condenser runs to a collecting tank, the receiver. This can be
likened to the tank mentioned under paragraph 3.1 on the evaporator.
The pressure in the receiver is much higher than the pressure in the
evaporator because of the compression (pressure increase) that has occurred
in the compressor. To reduce pressure to the same level as the evaporating
pressure a device must be inserted to carry out this process, which is called
throttling or expansion. Such a device is therefore known either as a throttling
device or an expansion device. As a rule a valve is used - a throttle or
expansion valve.
Evapora1or
Ahead of the expansion valve the liquid will be a little under boiling point. By
suddenly reducing pressure a conditional change will occur; the liquid begins
to boil and evaporate. This evaporation takes place in the evaporator and the
circuit is thus complete.

High and Low Pressure Sides of the Refrigeration Plant
There are many different temperatures involved in the operation of a

refrigeration plant since there are such things as subcooled liquid, saturated
liquid, saturated vapour and superheated vapour. There are however, in
principle, only two pressures: evaporating pressure and condensing pressure.
The plant then is divided into high pressure and low pressure sides, as shown
in the sketch.
Low pressure side High pressure side
Vapour
Evaporator Condenser
Liquid/vapour
Liquid
Refrigeration Process, Pressure/Enthalpy Diagram
4. Refrigeration process, pre~ure/enlhalpy diagram
Pressure
,,,,.---- ........
I
I
/
"\
\
tk I tk \ tov
;A E,
I
Po B c'
/
/ to I to
I
/ I
/
ho h, h2 Enthalpy
•
The condensed refrigerant in the receiver is in condition A, which lies on the
line for the boiling point of the liquid. The liquid has thus a temperature tk
(condensing temperature), a pressure Pk (condensing pressure) and an
enthalpy ho.
When the liquid passes through the expansion valve its condition changes
from A to B. This conditional change is brought about by the liquid boiling
because of the drop in pressure to Po· At the same time a lower boiling point is

produced, to, because of the drop in pressure.
At the expansion valve, as heat is neither applied nor removed, the enthalpy
is still ho.
At the evaporator inlet there is a mixture of liquid and vapour while at the
evaporator outlet point C is saturated vapour. Pressure and temperature are
the same at point B, but since the evaporator has absorbed heat from the
surroundings the enthalpy has changed to h1.
When the refrigerant passes through the compressor its condition changes
from C to D. Pressure rises to condensing pressure Pk·
The temperature rises to t 0 v, which is higher than the condensing temperature
tk, because the vapour has been strongly superheated. More energy in the
form of heat has also been introduced and the enthalpy therefore changes to
h2.
At the condenser inlet, point D, the condition is thus one of superheated

vapour at pressure Pk· Heat is given off from the condenser to the
surroundings so that the enthalpy again changes to main point A. First in the
condenser there occurs a conditional change from strongly superheated
vapour to saturated vapour (point E) then a condensation of the saturated
vapour. From point E to point A the temperature (condensing temperature)
remains the same, because condensation and evaporation occur at a
constant temperature.
In practice the refrigerating process will appear slightly differently in a

pressure/enthalpy diagram because normally less superheating of the vapour
from the evaporator occurs and the liquid temperature ahead of the expansion
valve can be weakly subcooled because of the heat exchange with the
surroundings.
Heat
•
Receiver
Pressure I
//
---', \
I \
I Compressor
~....~----~-e.............o
I
I
/li+-----~~
/ I
/ I Enthalpy
_,,/ I
Heat
Evaporator

Lubricating Oils
Refrigeration compressors are lubricated by one of the following oil types,

depending on the refrigerant, plant type and operating conditions:
- semi-synthetic oil
- alkyl benzene-based synthetic oil
- polyalphaolefin-based synthetic oil
- glycol-based synthetic oil.
When you change the oil in the compressor or drain oil from the vessels of the
refrigeration plant, always collect the used oil in containers marked "waste oil"
and send them to an approved refuse disposal plant.
Note:
This instruction provides general information only. The owner of the
refrigeration plant is responsible for ensuring that all by-laws are complied
with.

Description of the Compressor
58021 and 58022
~------<
I 31
a 286
58041, 58042 and 58043
2L_'.:.3_
115
The SBO compressor type is a multi-cylinder reciprocating compressor

comprising three sizes: SBO 21, SBO 22 with 2 cylinders and SBO 41,
SBO 42 and SBO 43 with 4 cylinders.
In the standard design the SBO compressors are equipped with both suction
and discharge stop valves, built-in suction filters, oil pumps, slide bearings
and compressor belt pulley for V-belt drive.
The 4-cylinder compressors, SBO 41, SBO 42 and SBO 43, are available with
capacity regulation stages ranging from 100% down to 50%.
Capacity regulation is controlled by means of a solenoid valve, fitted in a

special top cover purpose-made for capacity regulation.
The compressor type can be determined by the nameplate, located on the

side face of the compressor
Whenever you contact SABROE about the compressor, its serial number
should be stated.

Handling of Compressor, Areas of Application,
Direction of Rotation
On the SBO compressors the direction of rotation is not indicated by an arrow,

but is standard clockwise - seen from shaft end
Handling of Compressor and Unit
For lifting of the compressor the models are equipped with lifting eyes. As to
the weight of the compressor, see table on compressor data.
Note:
The compressor block alone may be lifted in the lifting eyes.

The same applies to the motor.
The unit is lifted by catching the lifting eyes on the unit frame. These have
been clearly marked with red paint.

Areas of Application of the Reciprocating Compressors
Compressor Types: SBO 21, 22, 41, 42, 43
In view of preventing an unintended application of the compressor, which

could cause injuries to the operating staff or lead to technical damage, the
compressors may only be applied for the following purposes:
The compressor may ONLY be used:
• As a refrigeration compressor with a number or revolutions and with

operating limits as indicated in this manual or according to a written
agreement with SABROE.
• With the following refrigerants:

R22-R 134a-R404A-R507-R407C
• All other types of gas may only be used following a written approval from
SABROE.
The compressor must NOT be used:
• For evacuating the refrigeration plant of air and moisture,

• For putting the refrigeration plant under air pressure in view of a pressure
testing,
• As an air compressor.
Emergency Switch
The compressor control system must be equipped with an emergency switch.
In case the compressor is delivered with a SABROE control system this

emergency switch is found as an integrated part of the control.
The emergency heigh-pressure switch must be executed in a way to make it

stay in its stopped position, following a stop instruction, until it is manually set
back again. It must not be possible to block the emergency stop without a
stop instruction being released.
The emergency low-pressure switch is automatically reset.

Vibration Data for the Compressors -All Types
Vibration data for SABROE compressors comply with the following norm:
ISO 2372 group C
Depending on the laying of the foundation and the size of the motor a screw
compressor unit can - under normal circumstances - be classified in class Ill
and IV according to the following table from ISO 2372. Reciprocating com-
pressor units can be classified in class IV, likewise under normal conditions.
Vibration severity ranges and examples of their application to small

machines {Class I) medium size machines {Class II), large machines
{Class Ill) and turbo machines {Class IV)
Ranges of vibration severity Examples of quality judgement

for se arate classes of machines
Range ms-velocity V {in Class I Class II Class Class
mm/s) at the range Ill IV
limits
0.28
0.28
0.45
0.45 A
0.71
0.71 A
1.12
1.12 B A
1.8
1.8 B A
2.8
2.8 c B
4.5
4.5 c
7.1
7.1 D
11.2
11.2 D
18
18 D
28
28 D
45
45
71
SABROE screw compressor unit: Group C, class Ill or IV.

SABROE reciprocating compressor unit: Group C, class IV.

Pay attention to the following, however:
• On placing the unit on the vibration dampers delivered by SABROE

(additionally) the vibrations against the foundation are reduced by:
- 80% for reciprocating compressor units
• However, a higher vibration level may occur if:
Motor and compressor have not been aligned as described in the

Instruction Manual.
The pipe connections have been executed in a way that makes them force
pull or push powers on the compressor unit or they may transfer vibrations
to the unit, caused by natural vibrations or connected machinery.
The vibration dampers have not been fitted or loaded correctly as indicated
on the foundation drawing delivered together with the order.

Compressor Data for Reciprocating Compressors
SBO 21, 22, 41, 42, 43
Operating Limits
SABROE prescribes certain operating limits within which compressor and any
additional equipment should be operating.
These operating limits for R22 and R134a as well as the main data of the
compressor are stated in the following tables and diagrams.
Main data:
58021 and 58022 compressors
58041, 58042 and 58043 compressors

1.55
OL_,~~-2:8~_· -t-J~fal
1 \ -----.
0
-..,
N
n___;i
115

Technical Data of Compressors
Compres- Motor Compressor Displace- Compressor Displace-
sor pulley speed ment speed ment
type with motor with motor
speed speed
(1)
1450 min- 1 1750 min- 1
0mm min- 1 m 3/h min- 1 m 3/h
580 21 130 810 10.9 975 13.2
(125)
150 905 12.2 1095 14.8
(140)
170 1035 14.0 1250 16.9
(160)
190 1165 15.7 1405 19.0
(180)
210 1295 17.5 1560 21.1
(200)
230 1450 19.6 1750 23.7
(224)
250 1620 21.9 - -
(250)
58022 130 810 15.6 975 18.8
(125)
150 905 17.5 1095 21.1
(140)
170 1035 20.0 1250 24.1
(160)
190 1165 22.5 1405 27.1
(180)
210 1295 25.0 1560 30.1
(200)
230 1450 28.0 1750 33.8
(224)
250 1620 31.3 - -
(250)
58041 130 810 21.9 975 26.4
(125)
150 905 24.5 1095 29.7
(140)
170 1035 28.0 1250 33.9
(160)
190 1165 31,6 1405 38.1
(180)
210 1295 35.1 1560 42.3
(200)
230 1450 39.3 1750 47.4
(224)
250 1620 43.9 - -
(250)

Motor Compressor Displace- Compressor Displace-
Compres- pulley speed ment speed ment
sor with motor with motor
type speed speed
1450 min- 1 (1)
1750 min- 1
0mm min- 1 mj/h min- 1 m,j/h
58042 130 810
(125)
150 905 29.4 1095 35.6
(140)
170 1035 33.6 1250 40.6
(160)
190 1165 37,8 1405 45,6
(180)
210 1295 42.0 1560 50.7
(200)
250 1620 52.6 - -
(250)
58043 130 810 31.3 975 37.7
(125)
150 905 35.0 1095 42.4
(140)
170 1035 40.0 1250 48.4
(160)
190 1165 45.1 1405 54.4
(180)
210 1295 50.1 1560 60,4
(200)
230 1450 56.1 1750 67.7
(224)
250 1620 62.7 - -
(250)
(l) Minimum speed SBO 21 to SBO 43 750 min- 1

Compressor Oil Charge
V-Belt Type
Compressor Weight
Compressor Oil Weight V-belts Connections

(2)
type charge Number x Profile
litres
according to DIN Suction Discharge Cooling
7753 line line water
dm 3 kQ inch inch inch
SBO 21 1.75 51 2xSPA 1 1/a" 7/a" R 1/2"

SBO 22 1.75 52 2xSPA 1
1 /a" 7/a" 1/2"
R
SB041 4.0 77 2 x SPA 1 3/a" 1 1/a" R

1/2"
SB042 4.0 77 2xSPA 1 3/a" 1 1/a" R 1/2"
SB043 4,0 77 2x SPA 1 3/a" 1 1/a" R 1/2"
2
( ) Weight without pulley
pulley SBO 21/SBO 22 = 4.2 kg
SBO 41/SBO 42/SBO 43 = 7.5 kg
Cylinder Number I Bore I Stroke
Compressor Cylinders
type
Number Bore Stroke
SBO 21 2 60 40
SBO 22 2 60 57
SB041 4 60 40
SB042 4 55 57
SB043 4 60 57

General Operating Instructions
for SBO 21, 22, 41, 42, 43 Reciprocating Compressors
Starting up Compressor and Plant
• The heating rod in the crankcase must be energized at least 12 hours

before starting up the compressor in order to boil any refrigerant out of the
compressor oil. At the same time, the suction stop valve must be open.
• Check oil level in crankcase. The oil level must always be visible in the oil
sight glass. See section: Charging the compressor with oil.
• Check correct setting of safety automatics on compressor.
• Open discharge stop valve at compressor.
• Set capacity regulator at minimum capacity. (Not standard.)
• In order to avoid excessive pressure reduction in the compressor on start-

up, the suction stop valve must be opened a few turns, as there is
otherwise a risk of oil foaming in the crankcase.
• Open all other stop valves except for the main valve in the liquid line and
possible by-pass valves serving other purposes.
Start condenser cooling, brine pumps, fans at air coolers as well as any
compressor cooling device. (All of this is usually done automatically)
Note:
If oil separator is used and the oil separator at standstill is colder than the
condenser, the valve in the oil return pipe must not be opened until the oil
separator has warmed up.
• Start compressor motor and check suction and oil pressures.
• Carefully continue opening suction stop valve to its full open position.
• Open main valve in liquid line.
• If the oil in the crankcase foams, or knocking sounds are heard from the
compressor because droplets of liquid are being fed in with the suction gas,
immediately throttle suction stop valve.
• The compressor is now operating. Increase capacity stepwise, allowing the

compressor to adjust to new conditions before switching to next stage.
Check carefully whether oil is foaming and whether oil pressure is correct.
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration A/S, Marine Div1s1on 30

• Check whether oil return from oil separator is working, the pipe should
normally be warm. (If oil separator mounted)
• Do not leave the plant for the first 15 minutes after start-up and never
before it has stabilized.
Stopping and Starting-Up Compressor during a Short Period of

Standstill
Before stopping the compressor, its capacity must be reduced to the lowest
capacity stage for a few minutes, before it stops. (Capacity regulating is not
standard.)
During short periods of standstill, it is not necessary to shut off the suction
stop valve and the discharge stop valve. The heating rod must be energized.
Compressor start-up must always take place at the lowest capacity stage,
after which capacity is increased at suitable intervals, in order to avoid that a
sudden excessive pressure reduction in the evaporation system causes
slugging in the compressor and oil foaming in the crankcase.
Stopping the Plant for Brief Periods (Until 2-3 Days)
• Shut-off liquid supply to evaporators for a few minutes before stopping the
plant.
• Stop compressor and shut-off suction and discharge stop valves. Close
valve in oil return.
Stop of Condenser Cooling, Pumps, Fans and any Compressor Cooling.
• Cut-off power supply to both master and control currents.
Stopping the Plant for Lengthy Periods (More than 2-3 Days)
• Shut-off main valve after receiver and pump down evaporators. If

necessary, adjust low-pressure cut-out on unit to a lower pressure during
evacuation.
• Allow temperature in evaporators to rise, then repeat evacuation.
• When suction pressure has been reduced to slightly over atmospheric

pressure, stop compressor. Shut-off suction and discharge stop valves and
close-off stop valve in oil return.
• Shut-off condenser cooling. If there is a risk of freezing, draw-off coolant.

o Cut-off power supply to master and control currents.
o Inspect receiver, condenser and pressure vessels as well as piping

connections and apparatus for leakage.
Pressure Testing of Refrigeration Plant
Before charging the plant with refrigerant, it must be pressure tested and
pumped down.
Pressure test the plant with one of the following means:
o dry air - pressurized cylinders containing dry atmospheric air may be used
- but never oxygen cylinders;
• air compressor for high pressure;
• nitrogen.
Important
The plant compressors must not be used to pressurize the plant. Water or
other fluids must not be used for pressure testing.
If nitrogen is used, it is important to place a reducing valve with a pressure

gauge between the nitrogen cylinder and the plant.
During pressure testing, it is important to ensure that pressure transducers

and other control equipment are not exposed to the testing pressure. The
compressor stop valves must also be closed during pressure testing.
Plant safety valves must normally be blanked-off during pressure testing, as

their opening pressure is lower than the testing pressure.
Important
During this pressure testing, no person should be allowed to be present in
rooms housing plant parts or in the vicinity of the plant outside the rooms.
• The entire unit must be pressure tested in accordance with the local
regulations for pressure testing.
• The test pressure must never exceed the design pressure.
• If it is required that the compressor should be pressure tested together with

the unit or with the plant, the testing pressure must not exceed:
For reciprocating compressors:SBO: 25 bar
28/01 /2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration AJS. Marine Division 32

• Please observe that manometers, pressure controls, pressure transmitters
and other control equipment are not exposed to testing pressure.
• Afterwards, reduce the pressure to 10 bar for a period of 24 hours - for an

initial leak test - as a tightly sealed plant will maintain this pressure
throughout the period.
During the leak test, it is permitted to enter the room and approach the plant.
• By way of a second leak test, examine all welds, flange joints etc. for
leakage by applying soapy water, while maintaining the 10 bar pressure.
When pressure testing, compile a pressure test report containing the

following:
• date of pressure testing,

• person carrying out the test,
• comments.
Pumping Down of the Refrigeration Plant
After the pressure testing, the refrigeration plant must be evacuated in order
to eliminate atmospheric air and moisture. Evacuation must be carried out on
all types of refrigeration plants, regardless of the type of refrigerant with which
the plant is to be charged.
Please be aware of the fact that HCFC and HFC refrigerants mix only
minimally with water, and it is therefore necessary to effect evacuation of such
systems with particular care.
The boiling point of a fluid is defined as the temperature at which the steam
pressure equals atmospheric pressure. For water, the boiling point is 100°C.
Lowering of the pressure also lowers the boiling point of the water.
The table sets out the boiling point of water at very low pressures:
Boiling At pressure
point mm Hg mbar
of water °C
5 6.63 8.80
10 9.14 12.3
15 12.73 17.0
20 17.80 23.7
For evacuation, use a vacuum pump, which bleeds the plant of air and steam.
The vacuum pump must be able to lower the pressure to approx. 0.1 mm Hg
(mercury column) and must be fitted with a gas ballast valve. This valve

should be used wherever possible to prevent aqueous vapours from
condensing in the vacuum pump.
Important:
Never use the refrigeration compressor to evacuate the plant.
For a satisfactorily performed evacuation, the final pressure must be lower

than 5 mm Hg. Attention is drawn to the fact that there may be a risk of any
water left in the refrigeration plant freezing if the ambient temperatures are
lower than 10°C. In such instances, it will be necessary to supply heat to the
component surroundings, as ice evaporates with difficulty.
It is recommended to carry out evacuation as follows:
• Evacuate to a pressure lower than 5 mm Hg.
• Blow dry air or nitrogen into the system to a pressure corresponding to

atmospheric pressure. Never use OXYGEN cylinders.
• Repeat evacuation to reduce pressure to less than 5 mm Hg.
• Shut the vacuum pump off from the refrigeration plant and check that the
pressure does not rise for the next couple of hours. If the system still
contains water, this will evaporate and cause the pressure to rise, thereby
indicating unsatisfactory evacuation and necessitating a repetition of the
procedure.

Operating Log
In order to keep tabs on the operating state of the refrigeration plant, it is

recommended that an operating log is kept. This operating log should be kept
at regular intervals, thus providing important information about the cause of
any undesired changes in the operating state. (See the following page).
Observation Measuring Point Measuring Unit

Time Date and time
Suction pressure • Compressor pressure °C or bar
gauge
Discharge pressure •Compressor pressure °C or bar

gauge
Oil pressure • Compressor pressure bar

gauge
Suction gas temp. • Thermometer in suction oc

(Option) pipe
immediately before
compressor
Discharge gas • Thermometer in discharge oc

temp. pipe
(Option) immediately after
compressor,
but before oil separator
Oil level in • Oil level sight glass on Must be visible in oil

compressor compressor sight glass
Recharging of oil on • See section on oil Number of litres
compressor charging
Compressor motor • Electric panel Amps
consumption in
amps
At the same time, attention should be paid to the following:

(tick these off in the log, if you wish)
• whether the compressor's cooling system is functioning correctly,
• whether any unusual noises can be heard from the compressor,
• whether there are unusual vibrations in the compressor.

Servicing the Reciprocating Compressor
In order to ensure a problem-free operation, it is advisable to carry out regular

servicing of the refrigeration plant. In this section, SABROE indicates some
periodic services fixed on the basis of the number of operating hours from the
first start-up or after an overhaul of the compressor.
The service schedules also depend on the speed of the compressor. If the
compressor runs at less than 1200 rpm, SABROE permits extended service
intervals. However, the compressor must always operate within the speed
recommended by SABROE. See Description of compressor. Provided the
compressor operates within the specified pressures and temperatures and the
prescribed periodic services are performed, the compressor will have a long
and efficient life.
• The following must therefore be checked daily:

- Operating pressure
- Operating temperatures
- Oil level and pressure
- Abnormal noise and vibrations
The actual operating conditions should daily be entered in an operating log.

See the Operating Log section.
Removing Refrigerant from the Compressor
Before the compressor can be dismantled, the refrigerant must be removed

from the compressor. This can be done in the following way:
1. Run the compressor at lowest capacity stage and throttle suction stop valve
slowly until completely closed.
2. The compressor will then stop on the low pressure cut-out. This can be
adjusted to stop the compressor at a pressure lower than normal.
3. Close the discharge stop valve and other piping connections to the
compressor.
4. On HFC and HCFC compressors, remove remaining refrigerant gas using

a pump-down compressor.
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration AJS, Marine Oiv1sion 36

Scheduled Services
Note:
The following instructions apply to the compressor only. Servicing of the
refrigeration plant is described in a separate section. Service the compressor
motor according to your own instructions. For the various scheduled services,
SABROE can supply ready-made spare parts sets, which it would be an
advantage to have before carrying out the scheduled service.
In the event that the compressor cannot operate, start evacuation as

described under pt. 3, and remember also to close the suction stop valve.
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration A/S. Marine Division 37

·.
... . :..
. . ...
. ··.·····Schecillted se~ices····.········ .
. ·. ·.. · > . ·. .. . . ••• \
No. Operating Operating Activity

hours hours
< 1200 rpm > 1200 rpm
1 75 50 1.1 Clean suction filter
1.2 Check tension of driving belts
2.1 Check or change oil. When changing oil, clean
oil filter as well. See the following section:
Assessing the oil.
2.2 Clean suction filter.
2 300 200 2.3 Check that the following functions correctly:
Safety automatics
Heating rod
V-belt drive.
2.4 Retighten external piping connections.
2.5 Check oil return system from oil separator
3.1 Check or change oil. When changing oil, clean oil
filter as well.
See the following section: Assessing the oil.
3.2 Clean suction filter.
3 7500 5000 3.3 Check that the following functions correctly:
Safety automatics
Heating rod
V-belt drive
Oil return system from oil separator
4.1 Check or change oil. When changing oil, clean oil
filter, too. See section: Assessing the oil.
4.2 Clean suction filter
4.3 Check the following:
Oil cooling system
Water cooling system for any deposits and
clogging
Safety automatics
4 15000 10000 Heating rod
V-belt drive
Oil return system from oil separator
Valves
Cylinders
Pistons, gudgeon pins and gudgeon pin bearings
Piston and oil scraper rings
Unloading valve
Seal for leak
4.4 Change:
V-belts
5 22500 15000 5.1 Check V-belt drive

No. Operating Operating Activity
hours hours
< 1200 r m > 1200 r m
6.1 Change compressor oil,
Change oil filter cartridge
Clean crankcase
6.2 Clean suction filter
6.3 Check the following:
Oil cooling system
Water cooling system for any deposits and
clogging
Safety automatics
6 30000 20000 Heating rod
V-belt drive
Valves
Cylinders
Pistons, gudgeon pins and gudgeon pin bearings
Piston and oil scraper rings
Unloading mechanism
Seal for leak
Oil pump and drive
Check valves
6.4 Change:
V-belts
Half-sections of bearin for connectin rod
7 37500 25000 Same as service No. 5
10 60000 40000 Ma'or overhaul; contact SABROE Refri eration
Then repeat scheduled services from No. 3 and onward.

Lubricating Oil
Lubricating Oil Requirements
Above all, the refrigerating machine oil must provide satisfactory lubrication of
the compressor, even at the relatively high temperatures occurring during
compression. It must be incapable of cooking at such high temperatures and
must not precipitate solid constituents such as paraffin or wax at the lowest
occurring temperatures. The oil must not have any corrosive effect, whether
alone or mixed with refrigerant.
Sabroe Marine delivers standard Sabroe oil
General Rules for Use of Lubricating Oil in Refrigeration Compressors
• Only fresh, clean refrigerating machine oil may be charged.

• Use grade of oil originally prescribed for compressor.
• As far as possible, avoid mixing different types of oil. Mixed oil is generally
inferior to the two original oils. Mixing various types of oil may give rise to
formation of sludge, which will lodge in valves and filters.
• Should it be necessary to switch to another brand of oil, this must be done
at the same time as a complete change of oil in the compressor and
draining off all oil from the refrigeration plant is carried out. In the
guarantee period, please do not change to another oil.
• The refrigerating machine oil must be free of moisture, which may other-
wise give rise to operating malfunctions and attacks of corrosion.
The oil should therefore be purchased in containers corresponding to the

quantity to be used for one single topping-up. The oil containers must be kept
carefully sealed.
Note:
It is inadvisable to re-use oil, which has been drained from a compressor or
plant. This oil will have absorbed moisture from the air and may cause
operating problems.
Always switch off the power to the heating rod before draining off the oil.
If, after reading the above, any doubt exists as to the type of oil which has
been used in your compressor, you are recommended to contact SABROE,
rather than risk charging the compressor with unsuited oil.

Charging Refrigeration Compressor with Lubricating Oil
The reciprocating compressors are delivered from Sabroe with 1. charge of

oil.
Usually, it is not necessary to top-up with lubrication oil. It is, however,
possible to pour oil into the compressor through the plug above the sight
glass.

Expected Discharge Gas Temperatures
HFC • HCFC
(/) () () C) 0 ()
c: 0 0 0 0 0
!l. ::J ::J R134a ::J R22 ::J R404A/R507 ::J R717
5· a. a. a. a. a.
CD CD CD CD CD
::J ::J ::J Evaporating temperature ::J Evaporating temperature ::J Evaporating temperature ::J Evaporating temperature
G) !!!. Ill Ill !!!. Ill
Ill ::J
IC
:r
IC
or
intermediate temperature
:;·
IC
or
::J
IC
or
:;·
IC
or
Ill
(/)
c: ~ "'O
m
"'O
.., "'O
m
"'O
m
"C 3 Ill
·c CD
Ill
·c Ill
·c Ill
·c
..,
CD ~ Ill Ill Ill Ill
::r c: c: ..,c: c:
CD ()
0
m m CD m
!!l. OJ OJ OJ OJ
n
0
..,
Ill ..,
Ill ..,
Ill ..,Ill
+10 0 -10 -20 -30 +10 0 -10 -20 -30 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 +10 0 -10 -20 -30
20 5.7 38 41 43 48 55 8.2 37 48 61 76 91 11.0 40 42 46 53 62 7.6 53 71 91 110 131
25 6.6 44 45 48 52 59 9.5 47 57 69 84 101 12.5 44 47 51 58 67 9.1 65 83 102 121 142
10 30 7.7 49 50 53 58 66 11.1 55 65 77 92 108 14.3 49 52 56 63 71 10.7 77 95 113 133 151
35 8.8 53 54 58 64 74 12.7 68 74 85 99 115 16.2 54 57 61 67 75 12.6 89 106 123 141 160
40 10.1 57 59 63 69 79 14.5 72 82 94 106 120 18.2 59 62 66 72 79 14.6 101 117 133 151 170
45 11.5 61 63 67 74 82 16.6 81 90 100 112 126 20.5 65 67 71 77 83 16.9 110 126 143 161 -
20 5.7 48 51 53 58 65 8.2 48 59 72 88 103 11.0 50 52 56 63 72 7.6 65 83 103 122 143
25 6.6 54 55 58 62 69 9.5 57 68 80 95 110 12.5 54 57 61 68 77 9.1 77 95 114 132 153
20 30 7.7 59 60 63 68 76 11.1 65 76 88 102 117 14.3 59 62 66 73 81 10.7 89 106 125 142 162
35 8.8 63 64 68 74 84 12.7 73 84 96 109 123 16.2 64 67 71 77 85 12.6 100 116 134 152 -
40 10.1 67 69 73 79 89 14.5 82 92 103 115 128 18.2 69 72 76 82 89 14.6 111 127 144 162 -
45 11.5 71 73 77 84 92 16.5 90 98 109 121 133 20.5 75 77 81 87 93 16.9 121 136 154 171 -
20 5.7 58 61 63 68 75 8.2 59 70 83 97 113 11.0 60 62 66 73 82 7.6 78 96 115 134 153
25 6.6 64 65 68 72 79 9.5 69 78 91 105 120 12.5 64 67 71 78 87 9.1 90 106 126 144 163
30 7.7 69 70 73 78 86 11.1 75 86 98 111 125 14.3 69 72 76 83 91 10.7 102 118 136 154 -
30 35 8.8 73 74 78 84 94 12.7 84 95 106 118 131 16.2 74 76 81 87 95 12.6 112 128 146 163 -
40 10.1 77 79 83 89 99 14.5 92 101 111 123 135 18.2 79 82 86 92 99 14.6 123 138 155 - -
45 11.5 81 83 87 94 102 16.5 99 108 117 128 139 20.5 85 87 91 97 103 16.9 132 148 165 - -
Discharge gas temp. •c Discharae aas temp. •c Discharge gas temp. •c Discharge gas temp. •c

Maintenance of 580 Reciprocating Compressors
Generally
When the compressor requires maintenance, it is important to follow the instructions

given below. In order to make sure that the compressor is working correctly, the gauge
measurements and screw torques must be strictly adhered to.
Before opening the compressor, it is expedient to ensure that you have spares of those
seals and gaskets to be stripped down or dismantled. An 0-ring, which has been
exposed to oil and heat for any length of time, may have expanded so much that it
cannot be refitted.
All seals and gaskets used are resistant to oil, HFC/HCFC. All 0-rings are made of
neoprene rubber.
In the following sections and paragraphs reference is made to position numbers on the
assembly drawings at the end of this manual.
However, for SB021 and SB022 the position numbers may deviate from those of
SB041, SB042 and SB043. In such cases reference is made to the drawings for
SB041, SB042 and SB043.
Pump-Down
Before opening up the compressor for inspection, the pressure inside must be lowered
to slightly above atmospheric pressure. This can be done in the following way,
depending on whether the compressor is operational or defective:
The Compressor is Operational
Run the compressor at minimum capacity at normal operating temperature.
Adjust the low-pressure control so that the compressor stops at a suction pressure of
approx. 0.1 bar.
Throttle the suction stop valve very slowly. Keep an eye on the suction pressure gauge.
The suction pressure must be lowered slowly enough to give the refrigerant dissolved in
the oil time to escape without the oil foaming. This is of great importance in compressors
running on HFC/HCFC.
Once the pressure is down to approx. 0.1 bar, stop the compressor and perform the
following steps in the order specified:

• Close suction stop valve.
• Cut off power to compressor motor.
• Close discharge stop valve.
• Drain off last remains of refrigerant gas.
• Having ensured that power to compressor motor cannot be inadvertently connected,

the compressor is ready for opening.
For this purpose, remove all fuses to the electric motor.
The Compressor is Inoperative
• Leave heating rod in crankcase connected for a couple of hours before the
compressor is due to be opened in order to heat up oil. Warm oil does not contain
much refrigerant.
• Suction stop valve must be open while heating rod is connected.
• Keep discharge stop valve closed.
• Close suction stop valve and disconnect heating rod.
• Equalize the pressure in the compressor.
• Once pressure has been equalized to atmospheric pressure, the compressor is ready
for opening. Remember to make sure that power cannot be connected inadvertently
and start the motor.
Consequently, remove all fuses to the electric motor.
Dismantling and Assembly
The following sections describe the individual components. When dismantling and
assembling, parts should generally be fitted in the same position from which they were
taken and should therefore be marked as they are removed. Further they should be
thoroughly cleaned, checked and lubricated prior to being reassembled.
Valve Intermediate Plate

incl. Suction and Discharge Valves
The valves are plate valves, consisting of an intermediate plate, pos. 100 upon which
suction and discharge valve plates are mounted. The intermediate plate is positioned
right under the top cover. When the top cover has been removed this intermediate plate
becomes visible and can be removed, too.

The intermediate plate is delivered with suction and discharge valve plates as one spare
part, including complete gaskets.
Mounting
• Without causing any damage clean all gasket surfaces thoroughly of any gasket
remains.
• Lubricate the new gaskets pas. 101 and pas. 102 in refrigerating machine oil and
check that the gaskets are facing correctly in relation to the holes for the fixing
screws.
• Check that the intermediate plate is positioned correctly before fitting top cover.
• Insert screws pas. 104 and tighten cross-wise with a torque moment as indicated in
instruction on Torque moments for screws and bolts.
• After approx. 25 hours of operation screws and top cover should be retightened.

Shaft Seal
.._____ ____,___ _®
--H+-·----·---
,-...-------/ 1
Fig 1
Generally
This series of open reciprocating compressors is fitted with a high quality shaft seal. This
consists of a rotating and a stationary unit (see fig. 1).
This maintenance instruction describes the exchange of the shaft seal in case of
damage.
Important Notice!
Work on the compressor or the refrigeration circuit may only be carried out by qualified
personnel.

Inspection
A routine inspection of the shaft seal is not normally necessary. With regard to increased
operational reliability it is, however, recommended to make an inspection in connection
with an oil change, faults in the oil supply and also at regular intervals when operating
with high discharge gas temperatures and oil temperatures. Special attention should be
given to cracks in the 0-ring, as well as wear, scoring and material deposits, oil carbon
and copper plating on the sealing ring. An oil leak rate of 0.05 cm 3/h is within the
tolerance.
Note:
During the running in period of the new shaft seal (about 250 hours) an increased oil
leak rate may occur.
Possible Causes of Failure

• lack of lubrication (insufficient oil supply, high refrigerant concentration in the oil)
• heavy wear of driving parts (high proportion of dirt in the oil)
• axial play of crankshaft too large
• overheating (hardening and cracking of 0-rings, oil carbon)
• strong vibration (insufficient fixing of coupling or drive pulley, drive not smooth
enough, coupling or drive pulley displaced)
• belt tension too high
Removal
Preparation & Recommendations
Tools and Other Materials

• Hexagon spanner and key for internal hexagon
• Plastic hammer
• Hooks (to pull out rotating unit)
• Scraper, smoothing cloth (to remove gasket remains)
• Polishing cloth (to smooth the surface of the shaft)
The pressure in the compressor must first be released. According to the drive system,
the drive pulley, motor, coupling housing, coupling and key should then be removed.
Attention!
Working on a compressor, which is under pressure, can lead to serious injury.
Removing the Shaft Seal

• Loosen the fixings of the shaft seal cover ((2) in Fig 1) evenly (pay attention to the
spring tension of the shaft seal).
• Release the cover with light hammer taps if necessary and take off the stationary unit
(1 ). Remove gasket remains.
• Carefully slide the rotating unit (3) from the shaft, which is secured against turning by
a drive pin (4 ). If required the hooks can be located in the slot (5) to assist.

Attention!
This procedure must be carried out very carefully in order to avoid damaging the surface
of the shaft.
Fitting
Preparation & Recommendations
When strong wear to the drive parts is suspected (contaminated oil, strong deposits) a
precautionary compressor exchange or overhaul is urgently recommended.
The shaft, flange (gasket remains) and the shaft seal chamber should be cleaned very
thoroughly. Any deposits on the shaft must be carefully removed. If necessary the
surface can be smoothed with fine polishing cloth soaked in oil (not smoothing cloth).
Special Recommendations
• Always exchange the complete shaft seal when possible
• Never re-use old 0-rings
• Do not touch the sealing surfaces
Fitting the Shaft Seal

• Oil the rotating sealing surface, 0-ring and shaft with clean refrigeration oil. Do not
oil the asbestos-free gasket or the flange surface.
• Slide the rotating unit (3) onto the shaft with a turning motion up to the shoulder in
the shaft. The drive pin (4) must be located in the slot provided.
• Lightly oil the sealing surface of the stationary unit (1 ), then mount the whole unit
including the gasket over the shaft. The gap between the crankcase flange and the
cover should be approx 5 mm (spring tension).
• The fixing screws should be evenly tightened in a crosswise order with a torque
wrench (torque 40 Nm).
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration NS, Marine Division 48

Cleaning of Oil Filter
The oil filter should be cleaned at regular intervals. See section on Servicing the
compressor. Please note in this connection that often the filter must be cleaned already
after a short operating period following the initial start-up.
This is a consequence of the tiny dirt particles that will be coming from the plant during
its first operating period.
Clean the oil filter in a suitable dissolvent and blow clean with pressurized air before
refitting.
Suction Filter
Between suction stop valve pos. 60 and compressor a fine-meshed filter has been fitted
pos. 57. The purpose of this filter is to prevent that impurities from the plant are
conveyed with the gas flow into the compressor.
Clean the suction filter at regular intervals as stated in the section on Servicing the
reciprocating compressor.
On cleaning the filter dismantle suction stop valve pos. 34 by removing screws pos. 59.
The filter pos. 57 and gaskets pos. 58 can now be removed without the use of any tools.
Clean the filter in a suitable dissolvent and blow clean with pressurized air.

Stop Valves
Suction and discharge stop valves are used to cut off the compressor from the plant.
They are closed tightly by manual tightening. Hence, it is not advisable to use any tools
in order to close the valve as this would just lead to overloading of the valve parts.
The valve spindle is fitted with a maintenance-free gasket which needs no replacement.
Further, the valve is fitted with a backsealing, which is brought into operation when the
valve is completely open and the valve cone screwed back towards the cylinder head
(anticlockwise rotation).
Note:
In case the compressor is operating, the valve cone should not be screwed completely
back against the cylinder head as any safety pressure controls connected to the valve
housing will hereby be blocked.
Capacity Regulation for Compressor 58041, 58042 and 58043
The SBO four-cylinder compressors can be delivered with a system for stage-wise
capacity regulation, from 100% to 50%.
Function
Capacity regulation is obtained when the solenoid valve, fitted in the top cover, closes
the access to the two cylinders, positioned under the same top cover. This makes the
inlet pressure to the cylinder drop to zero bar. At the same time the compressor capacity
is reduced to 50%. However, a little gas will be flowing through the closed solenoid
valve, hereby ensuring the necessary cooling and lubrication of the cylinders.
This capacity regulation permits a certain reduction in power consumption.
Note:
Stop the compressor and check that the solenoid valve works correctly. At a current
impulse to the solenoid valve the characteristic valve stroke must be heard!

A B
(A) Controlled operation:

With the solenoid valve energized, the suction port in the corresponding cylinder head is
shut off by means of a servo valve; the pistons of this cylinder row run idle without gas
pressure.
(B) Normal operation:

With the solenoid valve de-energized, the gas ports in the valve plate and cylinder head
are open.

Start Unloading
At a star-delta start of electric motors it is often considered necessary to limit the

compression work of the machine at the starting moment in order to reduce the starting
torque of the electric motor.
Usually, a solenoid valve is used in a by-pass arrangement which - in the starting-up

phase - short-circuits the discharge side to the suction side of the compressor. At the
same time, a non-return valve must be fitted in the discharge line to the condenser
preventing the return flow of discharge gas to the compressor.
When the electric motor has reached its max. number of revolutions per minute, a switch
takes place from star to delta start. The solenoid valve is closed and the compressor
now works under normal conditions.
In a few cases a delaying relay must be used, keeping the solenoid valve open until the
motor has reached its max. number of revolutions. The delaying relay is set at a delay of
1-2 sec. after a switch from star to delta has taken place.
Integrated start unloading:
In the case of SBO 41, 42 and 43 compressors a solenoid valve with a by-pass
arrangement is included in the delivery as an integrated part of the compressor.

Externally mounted start unloading:
Fit the non-return valve in the discharge line after the compressor.
Check that the solenoid valve is fitted with the flow arrow pointing from the high pressure
to the low pressure side. A wrongly fitted valve or a leaky valve will lead to overheating
and breakdown of the compressor.
Unloaded start Normal operation

/ Soienoid valve active
/Solenoid valve inactive
Non-retl.Jm valve open
\
Discharge side Suction side Diseharge side

Heating Rods for Oil Heating
The SBO compressors are delivered in a standard execution with built-in heating rod in
the crankcase.
The purpose of the heating rod is to keep the oil in the crankcase warm even during
standstill of the compressor. This ensures a low content of refrigerant in the oil.
Too much refrigerant in the oil makes it loose its lubricating properties. This may lead to
damage of the movable parts in the compressor.
Further, the danger exists that the oil, during start-up of the compressor, foams so
vigorously that the lubricating pressure will disappear.
Before start-up the heating rod should be switched on for at least 8 hours.
Note:
The heating rod must not be switched on if the oil level in the vessel is below minimum
in the sight glass. While the compressor is operating, it is usually switched off.
Further, remember to switch off the heating rod if the compressor crankcase is opened
for inspection.
Compressor type Effect Voltage

Watt Volt
SBO 21, 22, 41, 42, 43 70 230
SBO 21, 22, 41, 42, 43 70 110

Torque Moments for Screws and Bolts
On mounting, screws and bolts must be tightened with the moments

indicated below:
Cylinder head/valve plate: tighten screws crosswise and at least in two steps (50%
and 100%)
Norma screw ti1x1ngs

.
A 8 c
580 Moment Moment Moment
21,22,41,42,43 Nm Nm Nm
M6 51 51 51
M8 34 34 34
M10 34 34 34
M12 51 51 51
M16 34 51 51
A Without flat gasket
8 With gasket free of asbestos and screw quality 10.9
C With gasket containing asbestos and screw quality 8.8
580 Moment
21,22,41,42,43 Nm
Oil pump M8 23
Shut off valves with oval flanQe M6/M8/M10 9.7 I 25 I 54
Sight glass fixing M6*/M6** /M8 8/11/14
Plugs NPTF 1/8" 10 - 13
Pluqs NPTF 1/4" 20 - 23
Plugs NPTF 3/8" 42 -47
Plugs NPTF 1/2" 64-69
Pluqs NPTF 3/4" 98 - 108
Oil drain plug M22AI 90
Oil drain plug M22 Cu 135 - 155
Oil drain plug M26AI 110
Oil drain plug M26 Cu 155 -175
Connectinq rod screws M6 (10.9) 16
Connecting rod screws M8 (8.8) 25.5
* Quality 8.8 - flat gasket

** Quality 10.9 - for 0-ring-version

Refrigeration Plant Maintenance
Operational Reliability
The main causes of operating malfunctions of the plant are:
1. Incorrect control of liquid supply to the evaporator

2. Moisture in the plant
3. Air in the plant
4. Anti-freezing liquid is missing
5. Congestion due to metal shavings and dirt
6. Congestion due to iron oxides
7. Congestion due to copper oxides
8. Inadequate refrigerant charge
Below, some information is given about ways of keeping contaminants out of the
refrigerating system and at the same time facilitating day-to-day supervision of the
refrigeration plant.
Pumping Down the Refrigeration Plant
Before dismantling any parts of the refrigeration plant for inspection or repair, pump-
down must be carried out.
1. Open suction and discharge stop valves on compressor.
2. Close liquid stop valve after condenser or receiver so that liquid refrigerant can be
collected in the tank. Any solenoid valves in the liquid line should be opened by force,
adjusting the thermostat to its lowest position so that the liquid line can be bled of
refrigerant. Adjust any constant-pressure valves to bring evaporator pressure down to
atmospheric pressure.
3. Start up the compressor. Adjust regulating system to lower suction pressure.
4. Keep a close eye on the suction pressure gauge! When the suction pressure is
equal to atmospheric pressure, stop the compressor and quickly shut off the
discharge stop valve. Shut off any stop valve in the oil return line.
If the receiver has an extra stop valve in the feed line, this can be closed; practically
the entire refrigerant charge will then remain shut off in the receiver.
Note:
The receiver must not be overfilled! There should be a minimum gas volume of 5%.
5. A slight overpressure should normally remain in the piping system - this safeguards
the system from penetration of air and moisture.
6. Before dismantling parts, the operator should put on a gas mask.

Dismantling Plant
In order to prevent moisture penetrating into the refrigeration plant during any repair
work, it is advisable to follow the rules below:
1. No component should be opened unnecessarily.
2. When dismantling the system, the pressure in the system should be a little higher
than atmospheric pressure.
3. Note:
If the piping system is colder than the surroundings, there is a considerable risk of
damp precipitation (condensation) on cold plant parts. Plant components to be
dismantled must be warmer than the ambient temperature.
4. Only one point should be opened at a time.
5. Plug, close or at least cover opening with oiled paper or suchlike.
6. Be aware of the possibility of filters being very moist.
Leak Testing and Pump-Down of Refrigeration Plant
Before charging refrigerant into that part of the refrigeration plant which has been
opened, this should be pressure-tested as described in the section entitled Pressure
testing.
Afterwards, pump down in order to eliminate air and moisture. In this regard, consult the
section on Evacuation.
Otherwise, follow the instructions given in the separate instruction manual on plant
components.
Note:
If the oil in the crankcase of the piston compressor has been in contact with the
atmospheric air for any length of time, it must be replaced with fresh oil of the same
grade and make.

Trouble-Shooting on the Reciprocating Compressor Plant
Operating Conditions
Experience shows that pressure and temperature variations in a refrigeration circuit can
provide information about the operating condition of the refrigeration plant.
In particular, suction and condenser pressures as well as the temperatures of suction

and discharge gases may provide important information as to the operating conditions of
the plant.
It often takes only very slight modifications of variable pressures and temperatures to
produce considerable changes in operating conditions.
Using the following trouble-shooting chart, it is possible to ascertain the cause of and
remedy for any operating disturbance.
Using the trouble-shooting chart
In the following chart, each individual error option is indicated by a code number in the
left-hand column, the error being briefly described in the next column. The third column
states code numbers for the possible causes of the error.
The code numbers refer to the subsequent chart.
The section entitled Remedying ma/functions states how to remedy the observed error.
See the following example for the correct procedure.
Example
Observed error: discharge pipe temperature too low - error code 15.
Cause codes:
26 (liquid in suction line)
32 (too much coolant/air to condenser)
39 (expansion valve produces too little superheating)
Any explanatory comments will be stated in the section that follows.

1 Compressor fails to start 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10,
2 Compressor starts and stops 12, 14.
too often 9, 10, 11, 13,21,22, 23, 24, 32,
3 Compressor starts but stops 34, 35,36,37,40,41,43,44, 51,
again immediately 52,54,56,59.
4 Compressor operates 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
5 continuously 15, 17, 18, 41, 42, 49, 50, 55, 61.
Abnormal noise from 8, 21, 22, 24, 41, 46, 52, 53, 56,
6 compressor 60.
16, 17, 18, 19,26,48,49,50, 51,
Insufficient capacity on 52, 53, 54, 56,57,58.
7 compressor 13, 15, 17, 18,20,21,22,23,24,
32,34,35,36,37,40,41,44,45,
8 46,49, 50,51,52, 53, 56,60.
Slugging in compressor 16, 18,26,37, 38,39,44, 56, 61.
during start up
Slugging in compressor 21, 23, 26, 37, 39.
durin operation
9 Excessive condenser 9,25,28,29,30, 31,33.
10 pressure 22,32,51,52,54,60.
11 Too low condenser pressure 13, 17,26,34,39, 52,53,54, 5,
12 Excessive suction pressure 60.
Too low suction pressure 11, 13,20,21,22,23,32, 35, 36,
13 37,40,41,42,44,45, 56,59.
Too low oil ressure 12, 15, 17, 18,26,49,50, 55.
14 Excessive discharge pipe 11,21,22,23,28,29,30, 31, 33,
temperature 34,35,36,37,40,41,46,52,54.
15 Too low discharge pipe 26, 32, 39.
16 temperature 33,34,35, 36,37,40, 50, 52.
Excessive oil tern erature
17 Oil level in crankcase falling 16, 18,20,26,51, 57, 58.
18 Oil foaming vigorously in 16, 26, 39, 61.
19 crankcase 16, 18, 26, 37, 39.
Crankcase "sweating" or
frostin u
20 Capacity regulating oscillating 13, 15, 16, 17, 18,49,55,56.
21 Im ossible to bleed lant 10,43, 51, 52,53, 54, 60.

1 No power - master switch 31 Condenser needs cleaning
does not cut in 32 Too much coolant/air to
2 Blown fuses - loose wiring condenser
or connections 33 Water valve closed
3 Electrical voltage too low 34 External pressure
4 No control current equalization on expansion
5 Motor protection device valve closed
activated 35 Expansion valve partly
6 Control current circuit open clogged by ice, dirt, wax.
7 Pump/fan not started 36 Expansion valve has lost
8 Welded contacts in motor charge
protection 37 Expansion valve sensor
9 High-pressure cut-out has misplaced
cut 38 Expansion valve is leaky
10 Low-pressure cut-out has 39 Expansion valve provides too
cut little superheating
11 Low-pressure cut-out 40 Expansion valve produces
differential too small excessive superheating
12 Oil pressure cut-out has 41 Filters in liquid/suction lines
cut clogged
13 Capacity regulator 42 Solenoid valve in
incorrectly set liquid/suction lines closed
14 Defrosting timer breaks 43 Solenoid valve leaky
current 44 Evaporator iced up or
15 Oil charge insufficient clogged
16 Compressor capacity too 45 Cooling air being recirculated
high during start-up (short-circuited)
17 Oil pressure too low 46 Excessive load on plant
(adjust oil 47 Refrigerant collecting in cold
pressure regulating valve) condenser (close off by-pass)
18 Oil foaming in crankcase 48 Coupling misaligned or loose
19 Oil overcharge bolts
20 Poor oil return - oil in 49 Oil pump defective
evaporators 50 Bearings worn out or
21 Restricted supply of defective
refrigerant 51 Defective piston rings or worn
22 Refrigerant charge cylinder
insufficient 52 Discharge valves defective or
23 Refrigerant vapour in liquid leaky
line 53 Suction valves defective or
24 Leaky refrigeration plant leaky
25 Refrigerant overcharge 54 Compressor by-pass open -
26 Liquid in suction line leaky safety valve
27 At low temperature 55 Compressor oil filter clogged
operation, degree of 56 Capacity regulator defective
char e in eva orators rises 57 Solenoid valve in oil return
28/01 /2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration A/S, Marine Division 60

28 Insufficient coolant/air to clogged/ defective
condenser 58 Filter in oil return clogged
29 Temperature of coolant/air 59 Compressor capacity too high
too high 60 Compressor capacity too low
30 Non-condensable gases in 61 Heating element in crankcase
condenser defective
Remedying Malfunctions
1. Compressor fails to start:
1.6 Control current circuit open Pinpoint open switch and remedy
owing to activated: cause of interruption.
Pressure cut-outs
Thermostats
Motor protection device
Defrostinq timer
1.9 High-pressure cut-out has Reset pressure cut-out and
cut investigate cause of high
condenser pressure.
1.10 Low-pressure cut-out has Compressor cannot start before
cut suction pressure has risen above
setpoint for pressure cut-out
restarting.
1.12 Oil-pressure cut-out has cut Compressor starts at reset.
Check oil level. If oil foams in
crankcase, see section 18.
2. Compressor starts and stops too often:
2.9 High-pressure cut-out cuts High condenser pressure - see

at high pressure section 9.
Check condenser cooling and
adjust pressure cut-out to correct
breaking pressure - see table
Pressure and temperature
settings.
Replace defective pressure cut-
out.

2.10 Low-pressure cut-out cuts at Low suction pressure - see section
too low suction pressure 12.
If low-pressure cut-out is set too
high, adjust pressure cut-out.
2.11 Low-pressure cut-out Increase differential pressure - see
differential is too small also special instructions.
between stopping and
starting
2.13 Compressor capacity too Check operating conditions and, if
high necessary, reduce capacity.
2.41 Filter in suction line clogged Check suction filters on

compressor.
2.43 Solenoid valve in liquid line Check direction of flow.
does not close tiqht Replace defective valve.
2.52 Discharge valves on At compressor stop, pressure
compressor are leaky equalizes relatively quickly
between suction and discharge
side.
Clean or change discharge valves.
3. Compressor starts, but stops again immediately:
3.5 Motor protection cuts Look for cause of overloading.

If star-delta start, set starting time
at minimum.
3.10 Low-pressure cut-out has Open any suction stop valve which
cut is closed.
3.12 Defective oil-pressure cut- Replace cut-out - see special
out instructions.
3.15 Oil charge insufficient Top up with oil and investigate
cause of oil shortaqe.
3.18 Oil pressure failing owing to Reduce capacity. See sections 17
formation of foam in oil. and 18.

4. Compressor operates continuously:
4.10 Thermostat or low-pressure Adjust operating points.

cut-out does not cut at too
low temperature/pressure
4.21 Restricted supply of Remove dirt in filters and check
refrigerant to evaporator. function of expansion device as
Compressor working at too per special instructions.
low suction pressure.
4.22 Refrigerant charge Top up with refrigerant of correct
insufficient. type.
5. Abnormal noise from compressor:
5.16 Compressor capacity too Reduce capacity.

hiqh durinq start-up
5.17 Oil pressure too low See section 13.
5.26 Liquid refrigerant in suction Slugging. See points 7 and 8.
line Adjust expansion or float valves.
5.48 Incorrect alignment of motor Check alignment as per special
and compressor. instructions.
Loose bolts in coupling Tiqhten with torque wrench.
5.50 Worn or defective bearinqs Overhaul or replace
5.51 Too much oil circulating Check oil level.
5.53 through the plant, resulting Solenoid valve, filter or jets in oil
5.57 in too return system may be clogged.
5.58 low oil level in Leaky suction valve ring plates,
compressor piston rings and worn-out cylinder
may also produce such oil
consumption.
5.56 Capacity regulation Low oil pressure - see section 13.
oscillating owing to failing oil
pressure

6. Too little capacity on compressor:
6.15 Insufficient oil charge Top up with fresh oil of same type
and make.
6.44 Iced-up evaporator Defrost evaporator; adjust
defrostinQ time if required.
6.49 Defective oil pump and Repair or replace oil pump.
hence failinQ oil pressure
6.56 Defective capacity Cause is most often failure in oil
regulating system pressure or refrigerant in oil; see
section 4.5.
7. Slugging in compressor during start-up:
Slugging in the compressor should not occur, because at worst

this can cause rupture of the valve ring plates and damage to the
built-in relief devices. Furthermore, it can result in damage to the
connecting rod bearings and cylinders if the coolant degreases
the faces and impairs the lubricating capacity of the oil.
7.18 Adsorption of (H)CFC Reduce compressor capacity or
refrigerant in oil. start throttling suction stop valve.
Sudden reduction in
pressure across the oil Follow instructions in section 18.
sump (suction pressure)
produces foaming
7.26 Refrigerant has condensed Heating element in crankcase
in suction line or crankcase. should be connected for 6-8 hours
before starting, so that refrigerant
dissolved in oil can be decocted
before starting compressor up.
Suction line has free fall
towards compressor Start throttling suction stop valve -
stop when hammering is heard.
Liquid separator should be

mounted in suction pipe.
8. Slugging in compressor during operation:
8.23 Refriqerant qas in liquid line Expansion valve is oscillatinQ.

8.39 Superheating of expansion Adjust superheating, which should
valve is set too low normally be 5-8°C

9. Excessive condenser pressure:
In the event of abnormally high pressures in the refrigeration

system, there is a risk of damage to the compressor. At very high
pressures (see pressure testing), the risk of the components in
the refrigeration plant exploding can constitute a threat to life.
Abnormally high pressures may occur in the case of:

- extreme heating of plant parts (fire, solar radiation or other
abnormal heating);
- Volumetric expansion of fluids in sealed-off premises.
9.25 Overfilling with refrigerant Refrigerant fills condenser and
reduces its effective area.
Draw-off coolant.
9.28 Insufficient condenser Regulate water/air supply or
cooling, e.g. if cooling water reduce compressor capacity, if
fails, fan/cooling water pump called for. Check condenser as per
clogs, soiling, scaling or instructions for same.
fouling of heat-transmitting
surfaces
9.30 Presence of non- Blow air out of condenser.
condensable gases Follow instructions for condenser.
(especially air) in condenser
10. Too low condenser pressure:
10.32 Excessive condenser cooling Regulate condenser cooling

10.51 Defective piston rings or worn Replace worn parts. See
cylinders compressor instructions
10.52 Discharge valves are defective See compressor instructions.
or leaky Check valve ring plates and
piston rings
10.54 By-pass between high- Check compressor for internal
pressure side and suction side leakage by performing
of compressor pressure-drop test.
See compressor instructions.
10.60 Compressor lacks capacity Check whether compressor
capacity corresponds to load on
plant. Reduce condenser
cooling.

11. Excessive suction pressure:
11.26 Error in setting of liquid Liquid refrigerant in suction

regulation valve line.
Adjust, repair or replace
expansion valve.
11.53 Leaky suction valves See compressor instructions.
Remove cylinder covers; check
valve plates. Renew if needed.
11.54 Open by-pass between suction Check system for any by-pass
side and high-pressure side of detectable as for instance a
compressor. Safety valves warm connection.
leaky, or opens prematurely.
Adjust or repair leaky valves.
11.60 Compressor lacks capacity. Regulate compressor capacity.
Check whether all cylinders are
operating.
Check function of capacity
requlator.
12. Too low suction pressure:
Abnormal low pressure in the refrigeration plant will increase the

compression ratio of the compressor with a subsequent risk of
damage to the compressor. The danger of air being sucked into
the refrigeration plant also increases at abnormal low pressure.
12.20 Oil in evaporator Draw-off oil
12.22 Refrigerant charge of plant Check refrigerant charge.
insufficient. Charge plant with refrigerant.
Bubbles in liquid line sight Find and seal any leak.
glass and possibly a warm
liquid line.
12.35 Freezing-up of expansion valve Thaw out expansion valve with
(HFC/HCFC plant) hot, wet cloths.
Replace desiccant in drying
filter.
12.36 Thermostatic expansion valve Valve fails to open - change
has lost charge valve.
12.40 Excessive superheating of Regulate expansion valves to
suction gas hiqher capacity
12.41 Filter in liquid line clogged Check and clean filter in liquid
line
12.42 Solenoid valve in liquid line fails Coil may have blown. Control
to open signal lacking.
12.59 Compressor has excessive Reduce compressor capacity.
capacity Check capacity regulating
system.

13. Oil temperature too low:
13.15 Too little oil in compressor Top up compressor with oil and
investigate cause of oil
consumption
13.18 Oil foams in compressor See point 18
13.49 Oil pump defective Repair or replace
13.50 Bearings worn Repair or replace
13.55 Oil filter clogged Change filter cartridge
14. Excessive discharge pipe temperature:
If, after approx. 1 hour's operation, the discharge pipe

temperature is more than 10°C higher than indicated in the table,
the error may be due i.a. to:
14.21 Excessive suction temperature Check refrigerant charge ·
as result of reduced refrigerant
supply to evaporator (extensive
superheating) owing to
insufficient refrigerant charge
14.22 Excessive suction temperature Check thermostatic expansion
as result of reduced refrigerant valves
supply to evaporator (extensive
superheating) owing to
incorrectly adjusted liquid
regulating valves
14.52 Leaky discharge valves Leaking discharge valves gives
rise to generation of heat.
Change defective valves.
14.54 Open by-pass between high Localize by-pass and remedy
and low-pressure side of any leakages.
compressor, e.g. leaky safety
valve
15. Too low discharge pipe temperature:
15.26 Low suction temperature as Adjust liquid regulating valve.

result of overflow of liquid Increase superheating.
refrigerant from evaporator
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration A/S, Marine Dtvis1on 67

16. Excessive oil temperature:
During operation, the temperature of the compressor crankcase

must be 40-70°C. When working with R717 and R22, it may be
necessar to su I the com ressor with oil coolin .
17. Oil level in crankcase falling:
Where HFC/HCFC refrigerants are used, there will be some

blending of refrigerant and oil during the initial operating period. It
may therefore prove necessary to top up the oil after initial start-
up of the plant.
Note:
The oil level must always be visible in the oil level sight glass on
the compressor.
17.20 Filter in solenoid valve or Oil return pipe must be warm
nozzle in oil return line cloaaed durinQ operations. Clean filter.
17.26 Liquid in suction line and Examine evaporator system
crankcase may cause foaming and check superheating of
in oil and thus increase oil suction gas.
consumption
17.51 Worn-out piston rings or Renew piston rings and, if need
cylinders be, renew pistons and cylinder
lininQs.
17.57 Solenoid valve in oil return line Coil in solenoid valve defective
defective - Replace coil
- Electrical control signal
lackinQ
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigerat10n AJS, Marine Division 68

18. Heavy oil foaming in crankcase:
18.26 Liquid in suction line See 17.26

18.61 Too much refrigerant dissolved Before starting compressor,
in oil heating element must have
been on for at least 8 hours in
order to boil refrigerant out of
oil. During start-up phase,
capacity should be connected
at a slow rate to prevent a
sudden drop of pressure on
suction side with resultant
foaming.
Under normal operating

conditions, compressor should
operate under as stable
pressure conditions as possible
19. Crankcase "sweating" or frosting up:
19.26 Liquid in suction line See 17.26

19.37 Expansion valve sensor Check positioning of expansion
misplaced valve sensor - cf. instructions
for expansion valve
19.39 Liquid regulating valve or float Increase superheating on
valve producing too much liquid thermostatic expansion valve
20. Capacity regulation oscillating:
20.18 Oil foamin in crankcase See oint 18
21. Impossible to bleed plant:
21.43 Solenoid valve leaky Pinpoint and seal leak, or

change leaky component
21.51 Defective piston rings Check and replace any
defective parts
21.52 Defective discharge valves Check and replace any
defective parts
21.53 Defective suction valves Check and replace any
defective parts

Alignment of Unit
When using vibration dampers, the machine room floor is assumed to have the
necessary carrying capacity and to be level enough to enable adjustment of the vibration
dampers.
Alignment of Compressor with Base Frame
Check that the entire footing of the compressor makes full contact with the milled-off
faces of the base frame.
Perform this check with the bolts loosened. If slips occur at one or more resting
surfaces, shim up before tightening. If unaligned, there is a risk of stresses occurring in
the compressor frame, which will damage the bearings.
Alignment of Motor with Base Frame
Check the contact faces of the motor against the base frame in the same way as for the
compressor.
Stresses from Pipe Connections
In order to prevent stress being transmitted from pipe connections between unit and
plant, pipes must be placed in such a way that compressive stresses or tensile strains
are not generated in the event of expansions or contractions due to temperature
changes. Steel piping expands approx. 1 mm per metre per 100°C.

V-belt Drive for SBO Reciprocating Compressors
In case your SABROE compressor is belt-driven, use drive belts type SPA
to calculate total length of V-belts:
((01 x 1t + 02 x rt)/ 2) + 2 x c
01 =diameter of motor pulley
02 = diameter of compressor pulley
C = distance between motor and compressor shaft
Mounting of V-belts
• Before mounting of V-belts the pulley tracks should be thoroughly cleaned of oil or dirt
as well as checked for any grooves and bruises.
• Move the motor sufficiently to allow the belts to be fitted without having to apply force.
Never force the belts over the pulleys as the power transmitting fibres can be
damaged and the life of the belts considerably reduced.
• After fitting of the V-belts compressor and motor are once more pulled apart and
aligned by means of a straightedge. The tracks must be flush with one another and
the shafts completely parallel.
• In order to obtain the best possible operating conditions the belt tension must be
correct. This is checked by pressing the belts in between the pulleys by hand. The
belts should be equally tight and an even pressure by hand only lower them 3 to 5
mm.
• Let the transmission run for a couple of minutes, then check the degree of tightness.
• It is important to inspect the tightening at regular intervals as indicated in the section:

Servicing the reciprocating compressor.
• On replacing worn V-belts the whole set must be replaced.
• One set of V-belts must always be within the same tolerance group.
• Never use belt grease.
Remember:
The protecting guard should always be mounted whenever the belt drive is operating.

Ordering of Spare Parts
When placing an order for spare parts, please state the following:
1. Shop No.
All compressors are fitted with an identification plate, which states the type and shop No.
of the compressor and indicates what refrigerant is to be used.
2. Part No.
Spare parts drawings and parts lists inserted in an instruction manual identify spare
parts by the following:
a) Spare part No. - which is a reference number to facilitate finding a part in the drawing
and cross-referencing in the parts list or vice versa.
b) Designation of the part.
c) Part No. - a 7-digit number which refers to SABROE's stores.
When you order spare parts, please always advise at least the designation and part
number. If you are in any doubt, add the spare part No., too.
3. Forwarding Instructions
When ordering spares, please advise the forwarding address, and the address to which
the invoice should be sent. If appropriate, please state the name of your local bank, the
way in which you want the goods transported and required delivery date.
4. Classification Certificate
If you require a certificate from a Classification Society, please mark the order
appropriately, as the inspection and issuing procedures take extra time and incur extra
expenses.
5. Quotation No.
If a quotation No. has been given during earlier correspondence, please refer to this
when placing your order - it will help us to identify and execute your order quickly.

Spare part drawing for compressor type 58021 and 58022
.......... ---~---·'
i

Spare part drawing for compressor type 58041, 58042, 58043
@ /?\ (~"
(J,!(11 '~~
,,,<Yf\.i/
ly
\J
\a·
~\;'·~ ~,~
--~--!:l
N
~=~":S-~.. ,
, ~"-Mfr
/~;:, ~\)) t--;!,/
! ;(',,',•. ~ /~j
\Z'· ',.__'9l-W /
'~
~ ......,,___"-,~,.,,,_/'
{ ;:.,,_g
~ l
~\ /,;•~;,.·,(;~ (!t;~~::\
/1\
~\\:·-$
r
\ \\}< \---" '

Y '\ \-..
-.. {~i,
~ lf1& "~:o "\\
\ /ti - " 1:.N -{:l
"·'-JI_~~, lf.Jti l /,.~; '.

/•1~~ ·'1!li~
;i
I
l '\ -,, ·,;:,"---';)ti ~\ \~· .f:::;:;;\
""""' ®
f'l " , ;;\\..,,.
• ,
J~ ·~·- /'f•i~th.;tnI• /,,~J,11
._ \• • 'I f.\'J ,.,· ' \' ' ,
I
~,~\..~
i ' '\ l . / '
I~1'
,.,,~ \\ ~r-.·.- 0
' '"' · , ..,."'--. ,"-'"<, •'!);' ..' fa .'<'" It.'>\
--:;
-~-J, ·7 '1~ ~· 'r
"/ / ""'-----I
~ii
\ ."
-~"''H·w
"t {jj
~
f"-1
't I1)6.
lie'·. • '<.,,, <"> \ I /lj, , ,;
0 I \ v~· ,~.
ra 1J.-w, '\ /» 1 (f'!_1··. 1 1; i·t·. u
! '<I
~ 1P/1a1-~~\
'='~, ' ~.·~·-·Q.r~.~\~-~)~Jo~\\1 · \'![);·~·.I \\".~t· ~ ~' / mote>'
4 'o. t •
1
·0 \ iI
\~ 4' ,.
-~
! \/I ;, ! I;
1 cµ I,{ ··"11
\ Ot1 . " "' < \ ""'- ' ! ,.,, '" '
e
1
~\~-~ \;·';~ . . '~\yN(~ 1~'.'~1 /·';,'"~\ ~ ~ ' '
! •i \fl" T 0 "- ' I •I ·-
~·'J ~· ., "'IJJ
/ &; ~ · · ! (~·4--k1~ ___ Jr,~
" ''
i
•
! }4
"· ,, . ,,,,.,,
'
@>),
' ' .,,,. '
· /1 ·
•p •
. ·.
'
\\\)£(/
..
\ 0
" {! rfJ
'-er ~/=;z:::t,,,~
_;;:- ,. . . . ! ~
~
.. ·-·"-;-;
T
•
•• '
. '
'l'L<, '
•
\'CY
' . <i ·' j .l-12
' ~
"'·.a·
£~~,·--.!)
~~
':i:
f
(/'\<
"''- ,
·, ., -· I,__ . '
.
::»... .. <:;>~
f<f:!:')'....,_
;~ 7(;;:'\
f !'
~-- d --r_::.v"'
~
\l\.....
,
l
'
·-
/
f
>
'
;;~."lo\
0 (~~~:.)
'./'~~~::>~!
\ ,...;:::::J?'
9
-.:;-, "'U1l·';"'f·;
\"
'.di
~
,,
~
r/
.....--,,,
~
1'
!
,l
!
/ z
,,
.'\~~
l\<,
\ ' \
~"
"'i ,--[:\~~'
/;;:_:;,.• ....,...'¥t
,,">
~"'\.•' ;\..~.o ..'-'·---·
;,. --·· ,
-- ! I\,
'.
l'l.
'-'
'.::o-- c;::-,
,
'1 i;~C::--2.;;l' 0 (~
r----, '- , ,; l ). !
'~,
\ . ~
- ··,"\ /( j <" \.,/
L. .....i( ...~·:~' {
(\\ '- .\,_,.,. )
: ,,.
·~" ~' ' ~

\
-=-4,, ::
"~--··~ ~./ '}

.Jj "'"....":..~::/
'-.Jl'""'"'"'i
.
8 *
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration PJS, Marine Division 74

Spare parts list for compressor type SBO
Pas Part. No. Compressor Type Description
No.
SBO SBO SBO SBO SBO
21 22 41 42 43
COMPLETE FOR SB021
1991.401 x x BUSHING FOR CRANKSHAFT SB021
2 AND SB022
37/3 1991.402 x BEARING CAP COMPLETE
8
1991.403 x x THRUST WASHER FRONT SIDE FOR
5 SB021/22
1991.404 x x GASKET FOR REAR BEARING
36 FLANGE. SB021 AND SB022
1991.405 x x OIL PUMP COMPLETE FOR SB021
41 AND SB022
1991.406 x x SUCTIOM STRAINER FOR SB021
71 AND S8022
72 1991.407 x x GASKET
S8021
S8022
117 1991.476 x x LOWER VALVE PLATE GASKET FOR
SB021 AND S8022
118 1991.410 x x UPPER VALVE PLATE GASKET FOR
SB021 AND S8022
119 1991.521 x x CYLINDER HEAD, AIR COOLED FOR
SB021 AND SB022
1 FOR S8021 AND SB022
1 FOR SB021 AND S8022
1991.414 82 82 70 70 70 MAGNETIC PLUG FOR OIL FILTER
1991.415 83 83 71 71 71 GASKET FOR OIL FILTER FOR SBO
1991.416 84 84 72 72 72 THRUST SPRING FOROIL STRAINER
1991.417 85 85 73 73 73 OIL STRAINER FOR SBO
200 1991.418 x x SHAFT SEAL COMPLETE FOR SB021
AND SB022
72/1 1991.419 x x GASKET FOR SUC/DISC. VAL VE FOR
08 SB021 AND S8022
112 1991.420 x x GASKET FOR DISCH. VALVE FOR
SB021 AND SB022
110 1991.421 x x DISCH. STOP VALVE COMPLETE
FOR S8021 AND S8022
74 1991.422 x x sue. STOP VALVE COMPLETE FOR
SB021 AND S8022
162 1991.423 x x SET OF GASKETS FOR SB021 AND
SB022
211 1991.424 x x COMPRESSOR PULLEY FOR S8021
AND SB022
96 1991.425 x x BASE PLATE GASKETFOR SB021
AND SB022
COMPLETE FOR SB022

Pas Part. No. Compressor Type Description
no.
SBO SBO SBO SBO SBO
21 22 41 42 43
37/3 1991.427 x BEARING CAP COMPLETE INCL. OIL
8/41 PUMP FOR SB021
38 1991.428 x x BEARING BUSH SB021/22
86 1991.429 x x OIL RETURN SYSTEM FOR SB021/22
200 1991.430 x x SHAFT SEAL COMPLETE FOR
SB021/22
R717 I R134a
207 1991.431 x x GASKET F. SHAFT SEAL COVER
SB021/22
2 1991.450 x x x BEARING BUSH (MOTOR SIDE) FOR
SB041 /42/43
3 1991.451 x x x BEARING BUSH (CRANK. SIDE)
SB041 /42/43
5 1991.452 x x x THRUST WASHER (CRANK SIDE)
SB041 /42/43
COMPLETE SB041
COMPLETE SB042
COMPLETE SB043
24 1991.456 x BEARING CAP COMPLETE
24 1991.457 x x BEARING CAP COMPLETE
25 1991.458 x x x BUSHING FOR CRANKSHAFT
SB041 /42/43
26 1991.459 x x THRUST WASHER SB042/43
23 1991.460 x x x REAR BEARING FLANGE
GASKETFOR SB041/42/43
57 1991.461 x x x SUCTION STRAINER FOR
SB041 /42/43
58 1991.462 x x x GASKET FOR sue. VALVES
B041/42/43
60 1991.463 x x x sue. STOP VALVE COMPLETE FOR
SB041 /42/43
94 1991.464 x x x DISCH. STOP VALVE COMPLETE
FOR SB041/42/43
SB041 /42/43
SB041 /42/43
74 1991.467 x x x OIL RELIEF VALVE FOR SB041/42/43
1991.468 93 93 77 77 77 SIGHT GLASS FOR SBO
1991.469 92 92 76 76 76 0-RING FOR SIGHT GLASS
28 1991.470 x x x OIL PUMP COMPLETE FOR
SB041 /42/43
29 1991.471 0-RING FOR OIL PUMP
100 1991.472 x VALVE PLATE COMPLETE SB041
28/01/2005 REV. 03 Sabroe Refrigeration AJS, Manne Division 76

Pos Part. No. Compressor Type Description
no.
SB021 SB022 SB041 SB042 SB043
100 1991.473 x VALVE PLATE COMPLETE
FOR SB042
100 1991.474 x VAL VE PLATE COMPLETE
FOR SB043
101 1991.475 x LOWER VAL VE PLATE
GASKET FOR SB042
101 1991.476 x x LOWER VALVE PLATE
GASKET FOR SB041/43
102 1991.477 x x x UPPER VALVE PLATE
GASKET FOR SB041 /42/43
103 1991.478 x x x CYLINDER HEAD, AIR-
COOLED FOR SB041/42/43
202 1991.479 x x x SHAFT SEAL COMPLETE FOR
SB041/42/43
202 1991.480 x x x SHAFT SEAL COMPLETE FOR

SB041/42/43
209 1991.481 x x x GASKET F. SHAFT SEAL
COVER SB041/42/43
213 1991.482 x x x COMPRESSOR PULLEY FOR
SB041/42/43
148 1991.483 x SET OF GASKET SB042
148 1991.484 x x SET OF GASKET SB041 I
SB043
81 1991.485 x x x BASE PLATE GASKET
92 1991.486 x x x GASKET DISCH. VALVE
96 1991.487 x x x GASKET DISCH. VALVE

A-028 Ref. Prov. Plant

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A-028 Ref. Prov. Plant

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A-28

•••• HI AIR KOREA Co., Ltd.

ITEM: * PROV. REF. PLANT

>L/C NO. AND DATE

HI AIR KOREA: QM J.P. L e e #

HI AIR KOREA Co., Ltd.

Dec. 30. 2008

D CMO 24 0 CMO 26 D CMO 28 0 OTHER ( )

REFRlGERANT 0 R-22 • R--407C 0 R-134a 0 OTHER(. )

COOLING METHOD • FRESH WATER 0 SEA WATER 0 OTHER ( )

B. CHECK ITEM *TEST PRESSURE UNIT: Bar

1. STRENGTHEN TEST GOOD

2. VISUAL CHECK STRENGTHEN NC

4. LEAKAGE TEST .TEST

l::ll JJ. remarks

Comp. Serial No. : 1674602781 I 1674602782 (SB022)

Inspection Date Checked by Approved by Witnessed by Witnessed by

HP-QM-08-1 (01.05.02) HI AIR KOREA Co., Ltd.

Yard CSBC COPORATION, TAIWAN

A/C Ref. Plant Specification

1) Cooling system: R-407C direct expansion in the air cooler,

Room Volume Temperature

1 fish & meat room approx. 26.7 m3 -18°C

Ambient air tern perature: + 35°C

-one compressor working on full load not more than 16h/24h

Main Circuit : AC 440V, 60Hz, 3-phase

Machinery Color : Munsell No. 7 .5 BG 7 /2 (Blue Green)

CSBC CORPORATION, TAIWAN H.938/-44

In case of increased load conditions, e.g. by loading of provisions in tropical waters,

The operation of compressors is controlled by the following safety pressure controls:

CSBC CORPORATION, TAIWAN H.938/-44

Control of Room Temperatures

The defrosting sequence will be as follows:

5) The compressor starts.

The system is now back on the refrigerating cycle again.

If the defrosting is not completed at the expiration of the predetermined defrosting

CSBC CORPORATION, TAIWAN H.938/-44

R-407C CONDENSING UNIT, (TYPE MCU 22/221218V) ................. 2 sets/ship

Each unit consist of:

ONE-STAGE R-407C COMPRESSOR ........................................ I set /unit

Capacity and Power Consumption for the compressor at the condition

Cooling Water Evaporation Capacity Power consumption

The compressor is supplied with the following equipment:

Stop valves on suction and discharge line ......................-........·.... 2 sets/compressor

CSBC CORPORATION, TAIWAN H.938/-44

Compressor pulley( SPA 224/2) ............................................... 1 set /unit

Model .............................................................................. CRKF 221218

CSBC CORPORATION, TAIWAN H.938/-44

HEAT EXCHANGERS ............................................................ 1 set /ship

Air cooler .......................................................................... 3 sets/ship

Type: in fish & meat room 1 HFS-5-SS

Cooling coil: copper pipe with aluminum fins.

Automatics will be placed at the cooler's left side

CSBC CORPORATION, TAIWAN H.938/-44

VALVE BOARD FOR VEGETABLE ROOM ANO LOBBY .................... 2 sets/ship

Automatics will be placed at the cooler's left side

LOCAL THERMOMETER ........................................................ 3 sets/ship

Type : VT60 thermometer with capillary tube of 1 Om.

OZONE GENERATOR ........................................................... 1 set /ship

Thermometer with pocket for Fresh Water inlet/outlet

COOLING WATER STOP VALVES with PIPE

CSBC CORPORATION, TAIWAN H.938/-44

Remote Temprature Sensor for CRT ......................................... 3 sets/ship

_Se I eg.!_~_c1_g_g_mpre§§.QC_____________________.Wo_L~l ng___________§_t_c;i_LL ---------------·-· _________